]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/w32term.c
Rename x_autoselect_window_p to autoselect_window_p.
[gnu-emacs] / src / w32term.c
1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 #include <config.h>
23 #include <signal.h>
24 #include <stdio.h>
25 #include <stdlib.h>
26 #include "lisp.h"
27 #include "charset.h"
28 #include "blockinput.h"
29
30 #include "w32heap.h"
31 #include "w32term.h"
32 #include "w32bdf.h"
33 #include <shellapi.h>
34
35 #include "systty.h"
36 #include "systime.h"
37 #include "atimer.h"
38 #include "keymap.h"
39
40 #include <ctype.h>
41 #include <errno.h>
42 #include <setjmp.h>
43 #include <sys/stat.h>
44
45 #include "keyboard.h"
46 #include "frame.h"
47 #include "dispextern.h"
48 #include "fontset.h"
49 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "termopts.h"
51 #include "termchar.h"
52 #include "gnu.h"
53 #include "disptab.h"
54 #include "buffer.h"
55 #include "window.h"
56 #include "intervals.h"
57 #include "composite.h"
58 #include "coding.h"
59
60 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
61
62 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
63
64 \f
65 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
66
67 enum fringe_bitmap_type
68 {
69 NO_FRINGE_BITMAP,
70 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
71 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
72 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP,
73 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP,
74 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP,
75 ZV_LINE_BITMAP
76 };
77
78 /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to
79 be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected
80 compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be
81 reflected here. */
82
83 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
84 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
85
86 #define zv_width 8
87 #define zv_height 72
88 #define zv_period 3
89 static unsigned short zv_bits[] = {
90 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
91 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
92 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
93 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
94 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
95 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
96 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
97 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00};
98 static HBITMAP zv_bmp;
99
100 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
101
102 #define left_width 8
103 #define left_height 8
104 static unsigned short left_bits[] = {
105 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
106 static HBITMAP left_bmp;
107
108 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
109
110 #define right_width 8
111 #define right_height 8
112 static unsigned short right_bits[] = {
113 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
114 static HBITMAP right_bmp;
115
116 /* Marker for continued lines. */
117
118 #define continued_width 8
119 #define continued_height 8
120 static unsigned short continued_bits[] = {
121 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
122 static HBITMAP continued_bmp;
123
124 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
125
126 #define continuation_width 8
127 #define continuation_height 8
128 static unsigned short continuation_bits[] = {
129 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
130 static HBITMAP continuation_bmp;
131
132 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
133
134 #if 0
135 /* A bomb. */
136 #define ov_width 8
137 #define ov_height 8
138 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
139 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c};
140 #else
141 /* A triangular arrow. */
142 #define ov_width 8
143 #define ov_height 8
144 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
145 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0};
146 #endif
147 static HBITMAP ov_bmp;
148
149 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo;
150
151 \f
152 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
153
154 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars;
155
156 /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string.
157 (The display is done in read_char.) */
158
159 static Lisp_Object help_echo;
160 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window;
161 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object;
162 static int help_echo_pos;
163
164 /* Temporary variable for w32_read_socket. */
165
166 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo;
167
168 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
169 start. */
170
171 static int any_help_event_p;
172
173 /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */
174
175 int autoselect_window_p;
176
177 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
178 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
179 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
180
181 int x_stretch_cursor_p;
182
183 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184
185 int x_use_underline_position_properties;
186
187 extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel;
188
189 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
190
191 extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname);
192
193 extern glyph_metric *w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont *fontp,
194 unsigned char *text, int dim);
195 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system;
196
197 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
198 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
199
200 \f
201 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */
202 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info;
203 struct w32_display_info *x_display_list;
204
205 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
206 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order.
207 NAME is the name of the frame.
208 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
209 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list;
210
211 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
212 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
213 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
214 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()'
215 is the frame to apply to. */
216 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
217
218 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
219 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
220
221 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
222 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
223 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
224
225 struct cursor_pos output_cursor;
226
227 /* The handle of the frame that currently owns the system caret. */
228 HWND w32_system_caret_hwnd;
229 int w32_system_caret_height;
230 int w32_system_caret_x;
231 int w32_system_caret_y;
232 int w32_use_visible_system_caret;
233
234 /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs
235 like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support
236 for Far East languages. */
237 int w32_enable_unicode_output;
238
239 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0;
240 HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL;
241 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
242 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
243
244 #ifndef SIF_ALL
245 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */
246 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001
247 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002
248 #define SIF_POS 0x0004
249 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008
250 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010
251 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS)
252
253 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO
254 {
255 UINT cbSize;
256 UINT fMask;
257 int nMin;
258 int nMax;
259 UINT nPage;
260 int nPos;
261 int nTrackPos;
262 } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO;
263 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO;
264 #endif /* SIF_ALL */
265
266 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */
267 int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw);
268 BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi);
269
270 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle;
271 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border;
272 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border;
273
274 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
275
276 /* Mouse movement. */
277
278 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
279
280 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
281 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
282 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
283
284 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons;
285
286 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons;
287
288 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */
289 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise;
290
291 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */
292 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock;
293
294 /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */
295 Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr;
296
297 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
298
299 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
300 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
301 an ordinary motion.
302
303 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
304 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
305 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
306 static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
307
308 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would
309 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
310 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
311 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
312 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
313 it's somewhat accurate. */
314
315 static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
316
317 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read
318 events. */
319
320 #ifdef __STDC__
321 static int volatile input_signal_count;
322 #else
323 static int input_signal_count;
324 #endif
325
326 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
327
328 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
329
330 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL
331 extern int errno;
332 #endif
333
334 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
335
336 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers;
337
338 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
339 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
340
341 enum draw_glyphs_face
342 {
343 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
344 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO,
345 DRAW_CURSOR,
346 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE,
347 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED,
348 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
349 };
350
351 static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
352 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *));
353 void w32_delete_display P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
354 static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *,
355 int *, int *, Lisp_Object));
356 static int fast_find_string_pos P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object,
357 int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
358 static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *));
359 static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int,
360 int *, int *, int *, int));
361 static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
362 static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
363 static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
364 static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *,
365 struct input_event *));
366 static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
367 enum draw_glyphs_face));
368 static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p P_ ((struct window *));
369 static int clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
370
371 void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
372 void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
373 void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
374 void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
375 void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
376 void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
377 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
378 void w32_initialize P_ ((void));
379 static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
380 int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
381 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *,
382 struct glyph_row *,
383 enum draw_glyphs_face));
384 static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
385 static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
386 static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
387 static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
388 static void w32_cursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int));
389 static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int));
390 static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int));
391 static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
392 static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
393 static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
394 static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
395 static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
396 struct frame *));
397 static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
398 static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
399 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
400 static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int));
401 static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int));
402 static int expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
403 static int expose_window P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
404 static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
405 RECT *, enum glyph_row_area));
406 static int expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
407 RECT *));
408 void x_update_cursor P_ ((struct frame *, int));
409 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int));
410 static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int));
411 static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
412 void x_display_cursor P_ ((struct window *w, int, int, int, int, int));
413 void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int));
414 static void w32_draw_fringe_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, HDC hdc,
415 struct glyph_row *,
416 enum fringe_bitmap_type, int left_p));
417 static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
418 HDC, int));
419 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
420 static void x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *,
421 struct glyph_row *));
422 static void notice_overwritten_cursor P_ ((struct window *,
423 enum glyph_row_area,
424 int, int, int, int));
425
426 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
427
428 \f
429 /***********************************************************************
430 Debugging
431 ***********************************************************************/
432
433 #if 0
434
435 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
436 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
437
438 struct record
439 {
440 char *locus;
441 int type;
442 };
443
444 struct record event_record[100];
445
446 int event_record_index;
447
448 record_event (locus, type)
449 char *locus;
450 int type;
451 {
452 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
453 event_record_index = 0;
454
455 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
456 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
457 event_record_index++;
458 }
459
460 #endif /* 0 */
461 \f
462
463 void XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask,
464 XGCValues *xgcv)
465 {
466 if (mask & GCForeground)
467 gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground;
468 if (mask & GCBackground)
469 gc->background = xgcv->background;
470 if (mask & GCFont)
471 gc->font = xgcv->font;
472 }
473
474 XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask,
475 XGCValues *xgcv)
476 {
477 XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues));
478 bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues));
479
480 XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv);
481
482 return gc;
483 }
484
485 void XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc,
486 unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv)
487 {
488 XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc);
489 }
490
491 static void
492 w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect)
493 {
494 if (rect)
495 {
496 HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect);
497 SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region);
498 DeleteObject (clip_region);
499 }
500 else
501 SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL);
502 }
503
504
505 /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */
506 void
507 w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y,
508 int width, int height)
509 {
510 HBRUSH hb, oldhb;
511 HPEN hp, oldhp;
512
513 hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background);
514 hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground);
515 oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb);
516 oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp);
517
518 Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height);
519
520 SelectObject (hdc, oldhb);
521 SelectObject (hdc, oldhp);
522 DeleteObject (hb);
523 DeleteObject (hp);
524 }
525
526 /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */
527 void
528 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect)
529 FRAME_PTR f;
530 HDC hdc;
531 COLORREF pix;
532 RECT * lprect;
533 {
534 HBRUSH hb;
535
536 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
537 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
538 DeleteObject (hb);
539 }
540
541 void
542 w32_clear_window (f)
543 FRAME_PTR f;
544 {
545 RECT rect;
546 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
547
548 /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with
549 a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC
550 of 0 indicates this. */
551 if (hdc)
552 {
553 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
554 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
555 }
556
557 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
558 }
559
560 \f
561 /***********************************************************************
562 Starting and ending an update
563 ***********************************************************************/
564
565 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
566 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
567 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
568 each window being updated. */
569
570 static void
571 x_update_begin (f)
572 struct frame *f;
573 {
574 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
575
576 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
577 return;
578
579 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
580 colors has changed. */
581 if (display_info->regen_palette)
582 {
583 w32_regenerate_palette (f);
584 display_info->regen_palette = FALSE;
585 }
586 }
587
588
589 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
590 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
591 position of W. */
592
593 static void
594 x_update_window_begin (w)
595 struct window *w;
596 {
597 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
598 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
599
600 /* Hide the system caret during an update. */
601 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
602 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET, 0, 0);
603
604 updated_window = w;
605 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
606
607 BLOCK_INPUT;
608
609 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
610 {
611 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
612 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
613
614 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
615 highlighting. */
616 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
617 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
618
619 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
620 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
621 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
622 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
623 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
624 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
625
626 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
627 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
628 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
629 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
630 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
631 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
632 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
633 {
634 int i;
635
636 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
637 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
638 break;
639
640 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
641 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
642 }
643 #endif /* 0 */
644 }
645
646 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
647 }
648
649
650 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
651 have vertical scroll bars. */
652
653 static void
654 x_draw_vertical_border (w)
655 struct window *w;
656 {
657 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
658
659 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
660 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
661 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
662 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
663 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
664 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
665 {
666 RECT r;
667 HDC hdc;
668
669 window_box_edges (w, -1, (int *) &r.left, (int *) &r.top,
670 (int *) &r.right, (int *) &r.bottom);
671 r.left = r.right + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
672 r.right = r.left + 1;
673 r.bottom -= 1;
674
675 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
676 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), &r);
677 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
678 }
679 }
680
681
682 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
683
684 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
685 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
686
687 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
688 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
689 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
690
691 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
692 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
693 here. */
694
695 static void
696 x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
697 struct window *w;
698 int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
699 {
700 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
701 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
702
703 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
704 {
705 BLOCK_INPUT;
706
707 if (cursor_on_p)
708 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
709 output_cursor.vpos,
710 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
711
712 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
713 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
714 }
715
716 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
717 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
718 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
719 {
720 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
721 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
722 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
723 }
724
725 /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it
726 was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in
727 x_update_window_begin. */
728 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
729 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET, 0, 0);
730
731 updated_window = NULL;
732 }
733
734
735 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
736 update_end. */
737
738 static void
739 x_update_end (f)
740 struct frame *f;
741 {
742 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
743 return;
744
745 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
746 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
747 }
748
749
750 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
751 complete update has been performed. The global variable
752 updated_window is not available here. */
753
754 static void
755 w32_frame_up_to_date (f)
756 struct frame *f;
757 {
758 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
759 {
760 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
761 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
762 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
763 {
764 BLOCK_INPUT;
765 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
766 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
767 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
768 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
769 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
770 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
771 }
772 }
773 }
774
775
776 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
777 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
778 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
779 found in updated_window. This function is called from
780 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
781 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
782
783 static void
784 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
785 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
786 {
787 struct window *w = updated_window;
788 struct frame *f;
789 int width, height;
790
791 xassert (w);
792
793 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
794 {
795 BLOCK_INPUT;
796 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, desired_row);
797 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
798 }
799
800 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
801 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
802 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
803 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
804 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
805 overhead is very small. */
806 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
807 && desired_row->full_width_p
808 && (f = XFRAME (w->frame),
809 width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
810 width != 0)
811 && (height = desired_row->visible_height,
812 height > 0))
813 {
814 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
815 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
816 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
817 && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))
818 y -= width;
819
820 BLOCK_INPUT;
821 {
822 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
823 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
824 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, f->output_data.w32->pixel_width - width,
825 y, width, height);
826 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
827 }
828 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
829 }
830 }
831
832
833 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
834 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
835 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
836 drawn. */
837
838 static void
839 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, which, left_p)
840 struct window *w;
841 HDC hdc;
842 struct glyph_row *row;
843 enum fringe_bitmap_type which;
844 int left_p;
845 {
846 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
847 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
848 HDC compat_hdc;
849 int x, y, wd, h, dy;
850 int b1, b2;
851 HBITMAP pixmap;
852 HANDLE horig_obj;
853 struct face *face;
854
855 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
856 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 1);
857
858 /* Convert row to frame coordinates. */
859 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
860
861 switch (which)
862 {
863 case NO_FRINGE_BITMAP:
864 wd = 0;
865 h = 0;
866 break;
867
868 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
869 wd = left_width;
870 h = left_height;
871 pixmap = left_bmp;
872 break;
873
874 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP:
875 wd = ov_width;
876 h = ov_height;
877 pixmap = ov_bmp;
878 break;
879
880 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
881 wd = right_width;
882 h = right_height;
883 pixmap = right_bmp;
884 break;
885
886 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP:
887 wd = continued_width;
888 h = continued_height;
889 pixmap = continued_bmp;
890 break;
891
892 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP:
893 wd = continuation_width;
894 h = continuation_height;
895 pixmap = continuation_bmp;
896 break;
897
898 case ZV_LINE_BITMAP:
899 wd = zv_width;
900 h = zv_height - (y % zv_period);
901 pixmap = zv_bmp;
902 break;
903
904 default:
905 abort ();
906 }
907
908 /* Clip bitmap if too high. */
909 if (h > row->height)
910 h = row->height;
911
912 /* Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */
913 dy = (row->height - h) / 2;
914
915 /* Draw the bitmap. */
916 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, FRINGE_FACE_ID);
917 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
918
919 /* Clear left fringe if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
920 the fringe. */
921 b1 = -1;
922 if (left_p)
923 {
924 if (wd > FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f))
925 wd = FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
926 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
927 - wd
928 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
929 if (wd < FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h)
930 {
931 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
932 int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0
933 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
934 ? 1 : 0);
935 b1 = (window_box_left (w, -1)
936 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f)
937 + border);
938 b2 = (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - border);
939 }
940 }
941 else
942 {
943 if (wd > FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f))
944 wd = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
945 x = (window_box_right (w, -1)
946 + (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
947 /* Clear right fringe if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
948 the fringe. */
949 if (wd < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h)
950 {
951 b1 = window_box_right (w, -1);
952 b2 = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
953 }
954 }
955
956 if (b1 >= 0)
957 {
958 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
959
960 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background,
961 b1,
962 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
963 row->y)),
964 b2,
965 row->visible_height);
966 }
967
968 if (which == NO_FRINGE_BITMAP)
969 return;
970
971 compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
972 SaveDC (hdc);
973
974 horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
975 SetTextColor (hdc, face->background);
976 SetBkColor (hdc, face->foreground);
977
978 BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0,
979 (which == ZV_LINE_BITMAP ? (row->y % zv_period) : 0),
980 SRCCOPY);
981
982 SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj);
983 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
984 RestoreDC (hdc, -1);
985 }
986
987
988 /* Draw fringe bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
989 function with input blocked. */
990
991 static void
992 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row)
993 struct window *w;
994 struct glyph_row *row;
995 {
996 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
997 enum fringe_bitmap_type bitmap;
998 HDC hdc;
999
1000 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
1001
1002 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
1003 don't have to draw anything. */
1004 if (row->visible_height <= 0)
1005 return;
1006
1007 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1008
1009 if (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0)
1010 {
1011 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the left fringe. */
1012 if (row->overlay_arrow_p)
1013 bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP;
1014 else if (row->truncated_on_left_p)
1015 bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
1016 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row))
1017 bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP;
1018 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p)
1019 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
1020 else
1021 bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP;
1022
1023 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap, 1);
1024 }
1025
1026 if (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0)
1027 {
1028 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the right fringe. */
1029 if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
1030 bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
1031 else if (row->continued_p)
1032 bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP;
1033 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p && FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) == 0)
1034 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
1035 else
1036 bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP;
1037
1038 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap, 0);
1039 }
1040
1041 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1042 }
1043
1044 \f
1045 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1046 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1047 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1048 rarely happens). */
1049
1050 static void
1051 w32_set_terminal_modes (void)
1052 {
1053 }
1054
1055 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1056 the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1057
1058 static void
1059 w32_reset_terminal_modes (void)
1060 {
1061 }
1062
1063
1064 \f
1065 /***********************************************************************
1066 Output Cursor
1067 ***********************************************************************/
1068
1069 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1070 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1071
1072 static void
1073 set_output_cursor (cursor)
1074 struct cursor_pos *cursor;
1075 {
1076 output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos;
1077 output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos;
1078 output_cursor.x = cursor->x;
1079 output_cursor.y = cursor->y;
1080 }
1081
1082
1083 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1084
1085 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1086 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1087
1088 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1089 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1090 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1091 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1092
1093 static void
1094 w32_cursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x)
1095 int vpos, hpos, y, x;
1096 {
1097 struct window *w;
1098
1099 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1100 if (updated_window)
1101 w = updated_window;
1102 else
1103 w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
1104
1105 /* Set the output cursor. */
1106 output_cursor.hpos = hpos;
1107 output_cursor.vpos = vpos;
1108 output_cursor.x = x;
1109 output_cursor.y = y;
1110
1111 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1112 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1113 if (updated_window == NULL)
1114 {
1115 BLOCK_INPUT;
1116 x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y);
1117 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1118 }
1119 }
1120
1121
1122 \f
1123 /***********************************************************************
1124 Display Iterator
1125 ***********************************************************************/
1126
1127 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1128
1129 static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *,
1130 struct glyph *,
1131 wchar_t *,
1132 int *));
1133 static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int,
1134 int, wchar_t *, int));
1135 static XCharStruct *w32_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *,
1136 wchar_t *,
1137 enum w32_char_font_type));
1138 static enum w32_char_font_type
1139 w32_encode_char P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info *, int *));
1140 static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1141 static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1142 static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object,
1143 int, int, double));
1144 static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
1145 static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it));
1146
1147
1148 /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */
1149 #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \
1150 ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff)))
1151
1152
1153 #define BYTE1(ch) \
1154 (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8)
1155
1156 #define BYTE2(ch) \
1157 ((ch) & 0x00ff)
1158
1159
1160 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
1161 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
1162 metric is returned. */
1163
1164 static int
1165 w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, dim, pcm)
1166 XFontStruct *font;
1167 wchar_t *char2b;
1168 int dim;
1169 XCharStruct * pcm;
1170 {
1171 glyph_metric * bdf_metric;
1172 char buf[2];
1173
1174 if (dim == 1)
1175 buf[0] = (char)(*char2b);
1176 else
1177 {
1178 buf[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1179 buf[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1180 }
1181
1182 bdf_metric = w32_BDF_TextMetric (font->bdf, buf, dim);
1183
1184 if (bdf_metric)
1185 {
1186 pcm->width = bdf_metric->dwidth;
1187 pcm->lbearing = bdf_metric->bbox;
1188 pcm->rbearing = bdf_metric->dwidth
1189 - (bdf_metric->bbox + bdf_metric->bbw);
1190 pcm->ascent = bdf_metric->bboy + bdf_metric->bbh;
1191 pcm->descent = -bdf_metric->bboy;
1192
1193 return 1;
1194 }
1195 return 0;
1196 }
1197
1198
1199 static int
1200 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm)
1201 XFontStruct *font;
1202 wchar_t *char2b;
1203 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1204 XCharStruct * pcm;
1205 {
1206 HDC hdc = GetDC (NULL);
1207 HFONT old_font;
1208 BOOL retval = FALSE;
1209
1210 xassert (font && char2b);
1211 xassert (font->hfont);
1212 xassert (font_type == UNICODE_FONT || font_type == ANSI_FONT);
1213
1214 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
1215
1216 if ((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_TRUETYPE) != 0)
1217 {
1218 ABC char_widths;
1219
1220 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1221 retval = GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1222 else
1223 retval = GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1224
1225 if (retval)
1226 {
1227 #if 0
1228 /* Disabled until we can find a way to get the right results
1229 on all versions of Windows. */
1230
1231 /* Don't trust the ABC widths. For synthesized fonts they are
1232 wrong, and so is the result of GetCharWidth()! */
1233 int real_width;
1234 GetCharWidth (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &real_width);
1235 #endif
1236 pcm->width = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB + char_widths.abcC;
1237 #if 0
1238 /* As far as I can tell, this is the best way to determine what
1239 ExtTextOut will do with the broken font. */
1240 if (pcm->width != real_width)
1241 pcm->width = (pcm->width + real_width) / 2;
1242 #endif
1243 pcm->lbearing = char_widths.abcA;
1244 pcm->rbearing = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB;
1245 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1246 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1247 }
1248 }
1249
1250 if (!retval)
1251 {
1252 /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW
1253 failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we
1254 can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost
1255 though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and
1256 deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing
1257 is assumed to be zero. */
1258
1259 /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows
1260 supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width
1261 as zero. Need some way of handling them when
1262 GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */
1263 SIZE sz;
1264
1265 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1266 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, char2b, 1, &sz);
1267 else
1268 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc, (char*)char2b, 1, &sz);
1269
1270 if (retval)
1271 {
1272 pcm->width = sz.cx - font->tm.tmOverhang;
1273 pcm->rbearing = sz.cx;
1274 pcm->lbearing = 0;
1275 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1276 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1277 }
1278 }
1279
1280
1281 if (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)
1282 {
1283 retval = FALSE;
1284 }
1285
1286 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
1287 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
1288
1289 return retval;
1290 }
1291
1292
1293 static XCharStruct *
1294 w32_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
1295 XFontStruct *font;
1296 wchar_t *char2b;
1297 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1298 {
1299 /* The result metric information. */
1300 XCharStruct *pcm;
1301 BOOL retval;
1302
1303 xassert (font && char2b);
1304 xassert (font_type != UNKNOWN_FONT);
1305
1306 /* Handle the common cases quickly. */
1307 if (!font->bdf && font->per_char == NULL)
1308 /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */
1309 return &font->max_bounds;
1310 else if (!font->bdf && *char2b < 128)
1311 return &font->per_char[*char2b];
1312
1313 pcm = &font->scratch;
1314
1315 if (font_type == BDF_1D_FONT)
1316 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 1, pcm);
1317 else if (font_type == BDF_2D_FONT)
1318 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 2, pcm);
1319 else
1320 retval = w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm);
1321
1322 if (retval)
1323 return pcm;
1324
1325 return NULL;
1326 }
1327
1328 void
1329 w32_cache_char_metrics (font)
1330 XFontStruct *font;
1331 {
1332 wchar_t char2b = L'x';
1333
1334 /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */
1335 if (font->bdf)
1336 {
1337 /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */
1338 if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 1, &font->max_bounds))
1339 {
1340 /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF
1341 fonts contain the letter 'x'. */
1342 font->max_bounds.width = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font);
1343 font->max_bounds.lbearing = -font->bdf->llx;
1344 font->max_bounds.rbearing = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font) - font->bdf->urx;
1345 font->max_bounds.ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1346 font->max_bounds.descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1347 }
1348 }
1349 else
1350 {
1351 if (((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH) != 0)
1352 /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even
1353 though they contain characters of different widths. */
1354 || (font->tm.tmMaxCharWidth != font->tm.tmAveCharWidth))
1355 {
1356 /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the
1357 ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably
1358 not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change
1359 between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at
1360 run-time. */
1361 int i;
1362
1363 font->per_char = xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct));
1364 for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
1365 {
1366 char2b = i;
1367 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1368 &font->per_char[i]);
1369 }
1370 }
1371 else
1372 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1373 &font->max_bounds);
1374 }
1375 }
1376
1377
1378 /* Determine if a font is double byte. */
1379 int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct *font)
1380 {
1381 return font->double_byte_p;
1382 }
1383
1384
1385 static BOOL
1386 w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1387 int codepage;
1388 {
1389 /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */
1390 return (w32_enable_unicode_output
1391 && codepage != CP_8BIT
1392 && (codepage == CP_UNICODE || IsValidCodePage (codepage)));
1393 }
1394
1395 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1396 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1397
1398 static INLINE enum w32_char_font_type
1399 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p)
1400 int c;
1401 wchar_t *char2b;
1402 struct font_info *font_info;
1403 int * two_byte_p;
1404 {
1405 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1406 int codepage;
1407 int unicode_p = 0;
1408
1409 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
1410
1411 xassert (two_byte_p);
1412
1413 *two_byte_p = w32_font_is_double_byte (font);
1414
1415 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1416 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1417 fixed encoding. */
1418 if (font_info->font_encoder)
1419 {
1420 /* It's a program. */
1421 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
1422
1423 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1424 {
1425 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1426 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1427 }
1428 else
1429 {
1430 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1431 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1432 ccl->reg[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1433 }
1434
1435 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
1436
1437 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1438 program. */
1439 if (!*two_byte_p) /* 1-byte font */
1440 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl->reg[1]);
1441 else
1442 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]);
1443 }
1444 else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
1445 {
1446 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1447 encoding numbers. */
1448 int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
1449
1450 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
1451 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
1452 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b));
1453
1454 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3
1455 || (enc == 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1))
1456 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b) | 0x80);
1457 else if (enc == 4)
1458 {
1459 int sjis1, sjis2;
1460
1461 ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b),
1462 sjis1, sjis2);
1463 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1, sjis2);
1464 }
1465 }
1466 codepage = font_info->codepage;
1467
1468 /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into
1469 Unicode space. */
1470 if ( font && !font->bdf && w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1471 && charset != CHARSET_ASCII && charset != charset_latin_iso8859_1
1472 && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_GRAPHIC)
1473 {
1474 char temp[3];
1475 temp[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1476 temp[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1477 temp[2] = '\0';
1478 if (codepage != CP_UNICODE)
1479 {
1480 if (temp[0])
1481 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp, 2, char2b, 1);
1482 else
1483 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp+1, 1, char2b, 1);
1484 }
1485 unicode_p = 1;
1486 *two_byte_p = 1;
1487 }
1488 if (!font)
1489 return UNKNOWN_FONT;
1490 else if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1491 return BDF_1D_FONT;
1492 else if (font->bdf)
1493 return BDF_2D_FONT;
1494 else if (unicode_p)
1495 return UNICODE_FONT;
1496 else
1497 return ANSI_FONT;
1498 }
1499
1500
1501 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1502 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1503 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1504 realized face that is ready for display. */
1505
1506 static INLINE struct face *
1507 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p)
1508 struct frame *f;
1509 int c, face_id;
1510 wchar_t *char2b;
1511 int multibyte_p;
1512 {
1513 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1514
1515 if (!multibyte_p)
1516 {
1517 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1518 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1519 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1520 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c);
1521 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1522 }
1523 else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1524 {
1525 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1526 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1527 }
1528 else
1529 {
1530 int c1, c2, charset;
1531
1532 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1533 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1534 SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2);
1535 if (c2 > 0)
1536 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1537 else
1538 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1539
1540 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1541 if (face->font != NULL)
1542 {
1543 struct font_info *font_info
1544 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1545 if (font_info)
1546 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, &multibyte_p);
1547 }
1548 }
1549
1550 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1551 xassert (face != NULL);
1552 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1553
1554 return face;
1555 }
1556
1557
1558 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1559 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1560 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1561
1562 static INLINE struct face *
1563 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p)
1564 struct frame *f;
1565 struct glyph *glyph;
1566 wchar_t *char2b;
1567 int *two_byte_p;
1568 {
1569 struct face *face;
1570 int dummy = 0;
1571
1572 xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH);
1573 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id);
1574
1575 if (two_byte_p)
1576 *two_byte_p = 0;
1577 else
1578 two_byte_p = &dummy;
1579
1580 if (!glyph->multibyte_p)
1581 {
1582 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1583 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1584 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1585 }
1586 else if (glyph->u.ch < 128
1587 && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1588 {
1589 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1590 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1591 }
1592 else
1593 {
1594 int c1, c2, charset;
1595
1596 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1597 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1598 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2);
1599 if (c2 > 0)
1600 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1601 else
1602 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1603
1604 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1605 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1606 {
1607 struct font_info *font_info
1608 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1609 if (font_info)
1610 {
1611 glyph->w32_font_type
1612 = w32_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p);
1613 }
1614 }
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1618 xassert (face != NULL);
1619 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1620 return face;
1621 }
1622
1623
1624 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1625 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1626
1627 static INLINE void
1628 x_append_glyph (it)
1629 struct it *it;
1630 {
1631 struct glyph *glyph;
1632 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1633
1634 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1635 xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t');
1636
1637 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1638 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1639 {
1640 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1641 glyph->object = it->object;
1642 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1643 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1644 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH;
1645 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1646 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1647 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1648 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1649 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1650 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1651 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p;
1652 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1653 glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display;
1654 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1655 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1656 }
1657 }
1658
1659 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1660 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1661
1662 static INLINE void
1663 x_append_composite_glyph (it)
1664 struct it *it;
1665 {
1666 struct glyph *glyph;
1667 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1668
1669 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1670
1671 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1672 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1673 {
1674 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1675 glyph->object = it->object;
1676 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1677 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1678 glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH;
1679 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1680 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1681 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1682 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1683 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1684 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1685 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1686 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1687 glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id;
1688 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1689 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693
1694 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1695 IT->voffset. */
1696
1697 static INLINE void
1698 take_vertical_position_into_account (it)
1699 struct it *it;
1700 {
1701 if (it->voffset)
1702 {
1703 if (it->voffset < 0)
1704 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1705 in the line. */
1706 it->ascent += abs (it->voffset);
1707 else
1708 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1709 in the line. */
1710 it->descent += it->voffset;
1711 }
1712 }
1713
1714
1715 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1716 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1717 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1718
1719 static void
1720 x_produce_image_glyph (it)
1721 struct it *it;
1722 {
1723 struct image *img;
1724 struct face *face;
1725
1726 xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE);
1727
1728 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1729 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id);
1730 xassert (img);
1731
1732 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1733 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1734 prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img);
1735
1736 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face);
1737 it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->vmargin - it->ascent;
1738 it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->hmargin;
1739
1740 it->nglyphs = 1;
1741
1742 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1743 {
1744 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
1745 {
1746 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1747 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1748 }
1749
1750 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1751 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1752 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1753 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1754 }
1755
1756 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1757
1758 if (it->glyph_row)
1759 {
1760 struct glyph *glyph;
1761 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1762
1763 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1764 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1765 {
1766 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1767 glyph->object = it->object;
1768 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1769 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1770 glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH;
1771 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1772 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1773 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1774 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1775 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1776 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1777 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1778 glyph->u.img_id = img->id;
1779 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1780 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1781 }
1782 }
1783 }
1784
1785
1786 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1787 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1788 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1789 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1790
1791 static void
1792 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent)
1793 struct it *it;
1794 Lisp_Object object;
1795 int width, height;
1796 double ascent;
1797 {
1798 struct glyph *glyph;
1799 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1800
1801 xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1);
1802
1803 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1804 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1805 {
1806 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1807 glyph->object = object;
1808 glyph->pixel_width = width;
1809 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1810 glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH;
1811 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1812 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1813 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1814 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1815 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1816 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1817 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1818 glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent;
1819 glyph->u.stretch.height = height;
1820 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1821 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1822 }
1823 }
1824
1825
1826 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1827 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1828 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1829 being recognized:
1830
1831 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1832 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1833 point number.
1834
1835 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1836 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1837 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1838
1839 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1840 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1841
1842 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1843
1844 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1845 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1846
1847 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
1848 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1849 the glyph property.
1850
1851 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1852
1853 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1854 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1855 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1856
1857 #define NUMVAL(X) \
1858 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1859 ? XFLOATINT (X) \
1860 : - 1)
1861
1862
1863 static void
1864 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it)
1865 struct it *it;
1866 {
1867 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1868 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1869 extern Lisp_Object Qspace;
1870 #endif
1871 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent;
1872 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
1873 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to;
1874 Lisp_Object prop, plist;
1875 double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0;
1876 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1877 XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f);
1878
1879 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1880
1881 /* List should start with `space'. */
1882 xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace));
1883 plist = XCDR (it->object);
1884
1885 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1886 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth),
1887 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1888 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1889 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1890 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width),
1891 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1892 {
1893 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1894 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1895 property. */
1896 struct it it2;
1897 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1898
1899 it2 = *it;
1900 if (it->multibyte_p)
1901 {
1902 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT)
1903 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1904 it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len);
1905 }
1906 else
1907 it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1;
1908
1909 it2.glyph_row = NULL;
1910 it2.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1911 x_produce_glyphs (&it2);
1912 width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width;
1913 }
1914 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to),
1915 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1916 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x;
1917 else
1918 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1919 width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1920
1921 /* Compute height. */
1922 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight),
1923 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1924 height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
1925 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height),
1926 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1927 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop);
1928 else
1929 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1930
1931 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1932 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1933 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1934 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent),
1935 NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100)
1936 ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0;
1937 else
1938 ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1939
1940 if (width <= 0)
1941 width = 1;
1942 if (height <= 0)
1943 height = 1;
1944
1945 if (it->glyph_row)
1946 {
1947 Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string;
1948 if (!STRINGP (object))
1949 object = it->w->buffer;
1950 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent);
1951 }
1952
1953 it->pixel_width = width;
1954 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent;
1955 it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent;
1956 it->nglyphs = 1;
1957
1958 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1959 {
1960 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
1961 {
1962 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1963 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1964 }
1965
1966 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1967 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1968 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1969 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1970 }
1971
1972 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1973 }
1974
1975 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1976 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1977 center of the line of frame F.
1978
1979 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1980
1981 -------------------------+-----------+-
1982 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1983 | | | | | |
1984 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1985 | | | ASCENT | |
1986 HEIGHT | | | | |
1987 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1988 | | | | BOFF | |
1989 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1990 | | | DESCENT | |
1991 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1992 -------------------------+-----------+-
1993
1994 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1995 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1996 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1997 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1998 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1999 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
2000 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
2001 */
2002
2003 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
2004 (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \
2005 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
2006 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
2007 - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F)))
2008
2009 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
2010 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
2011 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
2012
2013 static void
2014 x_produce_glyphs (it)
2015 struct it *it;
2016 {
2017 it->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
2018
2019 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
2020 {
2021 wchar_t char2b;
2022 XFontStruct *font;
2023 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2024 XCharStruct *pcm;
2025 int font_not_found_p;
2026 struct font_info *font_info;
2027 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2028 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
2029 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
2030 later.
2031
2032 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
2033 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
2034 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
2035 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
2036 glyph.
2037 */
2038 int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2039
2040 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
2041 other way. */
2042 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2043 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c))
2044 {
2045 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2046 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2047 && (it->c >= 0240
2048 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))
2049 {
2050 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2051 it->multibyte_p = 1;
2052 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2053 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2054 }
2055 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2056 && !it->multibyte_p)
2057 {
2058 it->multibyte_p = 1;
2059 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2060 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2061 }
2062 }
2063
2064 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2065 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2066 it->face_id, &char2b,
2067 it->multibyte_p);
2068 font = face->font;
2069
2070 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2071 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2072 if (font_not_found_p)
2073 {
2074 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2075 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2076 font_info = NULL;
2077 }
2078 else
2079 {
2080 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2081 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2082 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2083 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2084 }
2085
2086 if (it->char_to_display >= ' '
2087 && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128))
2088 {
2089 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
2090 int stretched_p;
2091
2092 it->nglyphs = 1;
2093
2094 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
2095 font->bdf ? BDF_1D_FONT : ANSI_FONT);
2096 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2097 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2098
2099 if (pcm)
2100 {
2101 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2102 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2103 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2104 }
2105 else
2106 {
2107 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2108 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2109 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2110 it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2111 }
2112
2113 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
2114 `space-width' property, change its width. */
2115 stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width);
2116 if (stretched_p)
2117 it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width);
2118
2119 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
2120 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
2121 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
2122 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2123 {
2124 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2125
2126 if (thick > 0)
2127 {
2128 it->ascent += thick;
2129 it->descent += thick;
2130 }
2131 else
2132 thick = -thick;
2133
2134 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2135 it->pixel_width += thick;
2136 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2137 it->pixel_width += thick;
2138 }
2139
2140 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2141 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2142 if (face->overline_p)
2143 it->ascent += 2;
2144
2145 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2146
2147 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
2148 if (it->glyph_row)
2149 {
2150 if (stretched_p)
2151 {
2152 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
2153 into a stretch glyph. */
2154 double ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font)
2155 / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
2156 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2157 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2158 }
2159 else
2160 x_append_glyph (it);
2161
2162 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
2163 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
2164 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
2165 if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2166 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2167 }
2168 }
2169 else if (it->char_to_display == '\n')
2170 {
2171 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
2172 it->pixel_width = 0;
2173 it->nglyphs = 0;
2174 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2175 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2176
2177 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2178 && face->box_line_width > 0)
2179 {
2180 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
2181 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
2182 }
2183 }
2184 else if (it->char_to_display == '\t')
2185 {
2186 int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
2187 int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width;
2188 int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width;
2189
2190 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
2191 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
2192 tab stop after that. */
2193 if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f))
2194 next_tab_x += tab_width;
2195
2196 it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x;
2197 it->nglyphs = 1;
2198 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2199 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2200
2201 if (it->glyph_row)
2202 {
2203 double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent);
2204 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2205 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2206 }
2207 }
2208 else
2209 {
2210 /* A multi-byte character.
2211 If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2212 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2213 default font and calculate the width of the character
2214 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2215 did. */
2216 enum w32_char_font_type type;
2217
2218 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2219 type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2220 else if (font->bdf)
2221 type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2222 else
2223 type = UNICODE_FONT;
2224
2225 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, type);
2226
2227 if (font_not_found_p || !pcm)
2228 {
2229 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display);
2230
2231 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2232 it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f))
2233 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
2234 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2235 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2236 }
2237 else
2238 {
2239 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2240 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2241 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2242 if (it->glyph_row
2243 && (pcm->lbearing < 0
2244 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2245 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2246 }
2247 it->nglyphs = 1;
2248 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2249 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2250 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2251 {
2252 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2253
2254 if (thick > 0)
2255 {
2256 it->ascent += thick;
2257 it->descent += thick;
2258 }
2259 else
2260 thick = - thick;
2261
2262 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2263 it->pixel_width += thick;
2264 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2265 it->pixel_width += thick;
2266 }
2267
2268 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2269 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2270 if (face->overline_p)
2271 it->ascent += 2;
2272
2273 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2274
2275 if (it->glyph_row)
2276 x_append_glyph (it);
2277 }
2278 it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p;
2279 }
2280 else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2281 {
2282 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2283 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2284 wchar_t char2b;
2285 XFontStruct *font;
2286 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2287 XCharStruct *pcm;
2288 int font_not_found_p;
2289 struct font_info *font_info;
2290 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2291 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id];
2292
2293 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2294 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2295 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2296 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2297 && (it->c >= 0240
2298 || (it->c >= 0200
2299 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
2300 {
2301 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2302 }
2303
2304 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2305 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2306 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2307 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2308 it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p);
2309 font = face->font;
2310
2311 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2312 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2313 if (font_not_found_p)
2314 {
2315 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2316 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2317 font_info = NULL;
2318 }
2319 else
2320 {
2321 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2322 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2323 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2324 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2325 }
2326
2327 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2328 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2329 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2330 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2331 it->nglyphs = 1;
2332
2333 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2334 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2335 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2336 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2337 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2338 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2339 correct the display anyway. */
2340 if (cmp->font != (void *) font)
2341 {
2342 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2343 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2344 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2345 them respectively. */
2346 int font_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2347 int font_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2348 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2349 int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest;
2350 int i, width, ascent, descent;
2351 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
2352
2353 cmp->font = (void *) font;
2354
2355 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2356 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2357 else if (font->bdf)
2358 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2359 else
2360 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2361
2362 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2363 if (font_info
2364 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2365 {
2366 width = pcm->width;
2367 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2368 descent = pcm->descent;
2369 }
2370 else
2371 {
2372 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2373 ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
2374 descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
2375 }
2376
2377 rightmost = width;
2378 lowest = - descent + boff;
2379 highest = ascent + boff;
2380 leftmost = 0;
2381
2382 if (font_info
2383 && font_info->default_ascent
2384 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
2385 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent,
2386 make_number (it->char_to_display))))
2387 highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff;
2388
2389 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2390 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2391 the left. */
2392 cmp->offsets[0] = 0;
2393 cmp->offsets[1] = boff;
2394
2395 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2396 for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2397 {
2398 int left, right, btm, top;
2399 int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i);
2400 int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch);
2401
2402 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2403 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b,
2404 it->multibyte_p);
2405 font = face->font;
2406 if (font == NULL)
2407 {
2408 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2409 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2410 font_info = NULL;
2411 }
2412 else
2413 {
2414 font_info
2415 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2416 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2417 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2418 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2419 }
2420
2421 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch)) == 1)
2422 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2423 else if (font->bdf)
2424 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2425 else
2426 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2427
2428 if (font_info
2429 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2430 {
2431 width = pcm->width;
2432 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2433 descent = pcm->descent;
2434 }
2435 else
2436 {
2437 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2438 ascent = 1;
2439 descent = 0;
2440 }
2441
2442 if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS)
2443 {
2444 /* Relative composition with or without
2445 alternate chars. */
2446 left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2;
2447 btm = - descent + boff;
2448 if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose
2449 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition)
2450 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
2451 make_number (ch)))))
2452 {
2453
2454 if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose)
2455 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2456 btm = highest + 1;
2457 else if (ascent <= 0)
2458 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2459 btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent;
2460 }
2461 }
2462 else
2463 {
2464 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2465 value that encodes global and new reference
2466 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2467 specified by numbers as below:
2468
2469 0---1---2 -- ascent
2470 | |
2471 | |
2472 | |
2473 9--10--11 -- center
2474 | |
2475 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2476 | |
2477 6---7---8 -- descent
2478 */
2479 int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i);
2480 int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy;
2481
2482 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref);
2483 grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3;
2484 grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3;
2485
2486 left = (leftmost
2487 + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2
2488 - nrefx * width / 2);
2489 btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest
2490 : grefy == 1 ? 0
2491 : grefy == 2 ? lowest
2492 : (highest + lowest) / 2)
2493 - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent
2494 : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff
2495 : nrefy == 2 ? 0
2496 : (ascent + descent) / 2));
2497 }
2498
2499 cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left;
2500 cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent;
2501
2502 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2503 right = left + width;
2504 top = btm + descent + ascent;
2505 if (left < leftmost)
2506 leftmost = left;
2507 if (right > rightmost)
2508 rightmost = right;
2509 if (top > highest)
2510 highest = top;
2511 if (btm < lowest)
2512 lowest = btm;
2513 }
2514
2515 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2516 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2517 non-negative. */
2518 if (leftmost < 0)
2519 {
2520 for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2521 cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost;
2522 rightmost -= leftmost;
2523 }
2524
2525 cmp->pixel_width = rightmost;
2526 cmp->ascent = highest;
2527 cmp->descent = - lowest;
2528 if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent)
2529 cmp->ascent = font_ascent;
2530 if (cmp->descent < font_descent)
2531 cmp->descent = font_descent;
2532 }
2533
2534 it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width;
2535 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent;
2536 it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent;
2537
2538 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2539 {
2540 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2541
2542 if (thick > 0)
2543 {
2544 it->ascent += thick;
2545 it->descent += thick;
2546 }
2547 else
2548 thick = - thick;
2549
2550 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2551 it->pixel_width += thick;
2552 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2553 it->pixel_width += thick;
2554 }
2555
2556 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2557 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2558 if (face->overline_p)
2559 it->ascent += 2;
2560
2561 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2562
2563 if (it->glyph_row)
2564 x_append_composite_glyph (it);
2565 }
2566 else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE)
2567 x_produce_image_glyph (it);
2568 else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH)
2569 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it);
2570
2571 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2572 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2573 xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent >= 0);
2574 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA)
2575 it->current_x += it->pixel_width;
2576
2577 it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing;
2578
2579 it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent);
2580 it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent);
2581 it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent);
2582 it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent);
2583 }
2584
2585
2586 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2587 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2588
2589 int
2590 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id)
2591 struct frame *f;
2592 enum face_id face_id;
2593 {
2594 int height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
2595
2596 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2597 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2598 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
2599 {
2600 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
2601 if (face)
2602 {
2603 if (face->font)
2604 height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font);
2605 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
2606 height += 2 * face->box_line_width;
2607 }
2608 }
2609
2610 return height;
2611 }
2612
2613 \f
2614 /***********************************************************************
2615 Glyph display
2616 ***********************************************************************/
2617
2618 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2619
2620 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2621 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2622 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2623 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2624
2625 struct glyph_string
2626 {
2627 /* X-origin of the string. */
2628 int x;
2629
2630 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2631 int y, ybase;
2632
2633 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2634 int width;
2635
2636 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2637 int background_width;
2638
2639 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2640 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2641 font the string is drawn in. */
2642 int height;
2643
2644 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2645 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2646 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2647 int left_overhang;
2648
2649 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2650 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2651 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2652 int right_overhang;
2653
2654 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2655 struct frame *f;
2656
2657 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2658 struct window *w;
2659
2660 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2661 Window window;
2662
2663 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2664 y-origin and height of the string. */
2665 struct glyph_row *row;
2666
2667 /* The area within row. */
2668 enum glyph_row_area area;
2669
2670 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2671 wchar_t *char2b;
2672 int nchars;
2673
2674 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2675 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
2676
2677 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2678 struct face *face;
2679
2680 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2681 XFontStruct *font;
2682
2683 /* Font info for this string. */
2684 struct font_info *font_info;
2685
2686 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2687 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2688 struct composition *cmp;
2689
2690 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2691 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2692 the first character of a composition. */
2693 int gidx;
2694
2695 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2696 of the window's drawing area. */
2697 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1;
2698
2699 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2700 unsigned background_filled_p : 1;
2701
2702 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2703 unsigned two_byte_p : 1;
2704
2705 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2706 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2707 the frame's default font in this case. */
2708 unsigned font_not_found_p : 1;
2709
2710 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2711 stipple pattern. */
2712 unsigned stippled_p : 1;
2713
2714 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2715 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2716 string appears in as clip rect. */
2717 unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1;
2718
2719 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2720 XGCValues *gc;
2721
2722 HDC hdc;
2723
2724 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2725 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2726 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2727 struct glyph *first_glyph;
2728
2729 /* Image, if any. */
2730 struct image *img;
2731
2732 struct glyph_string *next, *prev;
2733 };
2734
2735
2736 /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */
2737
2738 static void
2739 w32_text_out (s, x, y,chars,nchars)
2740 struct glyph_string * s;
2741 int x, y;
2742 wchar_t * chars;
2743 int nchars;
2744 {
2745 int charset_dim = w32_font_is_double_byte (s->gc->font) ? 2 : 1;
2746 if (s->gc->font->bdf)
2747 w32_BDF_TextOut (s->gc->font->bdf, s->hdc,
2748 x, y, (char *) chars, charset_dim,
2749 nchars * charset_dim, 0);
2750 else if (s->first_glyph->w32_font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
2751 ExtTextOutW (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, chars, nchars, NULL);
2752 else
2753 ExtTextOutA (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, (char *) chars,
2754 nchars * charset_dim, NULL);
2755 }
2756
2757 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
2758
2759 static void
2760 x_dump_glyph_string (s)
2761 struct glyph_string *s;
2762 {
2763 fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n");
2764 fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2765 s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height);
2766 fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase);
2767 fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl);
2768 fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2769 s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang);
2770 fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars);
2771 fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2772 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p);
2773 fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font));
2774 fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width);
2775 }
2776
2777 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2778
2779
2780
2781 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2782 struct glyph_string **,
2783 struct glyph_string *,
2784 struct glyph_string *));
2785 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2786 struct glyph_string **,
2787 struct glyph_string *,
2788 struct glyph_string *));
2789 static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2790 struct glyph_string **,
2791 struct glyph_string *));
2792 static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2793 static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2794 static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2795 static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2796 static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int,
2797 int));
2798 static void w32_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HDC hdc,
2799 wchar_t *, struct window *,
2800 struct glyph_row *,
2801 enum glyph_row_area, int,
2802 enum draw_glyphs_face));
2803 static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *,
2804 enum glyph_row_area, int, int,
2805 enum draw_glyphs_face, int));
2806 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2807 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2808 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2809 int));
2810 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2811 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2812 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2813 static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2814 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2815 static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2816 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2817 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2818 static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((HDC hdc, struct glyph *,
2819 struct frame *,
2820 int *, int *));
2821 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int));
2822 static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int);
2823 static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
2824 double, int, COLORREF));
2825 static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2826 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2827 static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2828 static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2829 static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP));
2830 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2831 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
2832 int, int, int));
2833 static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
2834 int, int, int, int, RECT *));
2835 static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
2836 int, int, int, RECT *));
2837 static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
2838 enum glyph_row_area));
2839 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2840 struct glyph_row *,
2841 enum glyph_row_area, int, int));
2842
2843 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
2844 static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
2845 #endif
2846
2847
2848 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2849 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2850
2851 static INLINE void
2852 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2853 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2854 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2855 {
2856 if (h)
2857 {
2858 if (*head)
2859 (*tail)->next = h;
2860 else
2861 *head = h;
2862 h->prev = *tail;
2863 *tail = t;
2864 }
2865 }
2866
2867
2868 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2869 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2870 result. */
2871
2872 static INLINE void
2873 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2874 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2875 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2876 {
2877 if (h)
2878 {
2879 if (*head)
2880 (*head)->prev = t;
2881 else
2882 *tail = t;
2883 t->next = *head;
2884 *head = h;
2885 }
2886 }
2887
2888
2889 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2890 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2891
2892 static INLINE void
2893 x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s)
2894 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2895 struct glyph_string *s;
2896 {
2897 s->next = s->prev = NULL;
2898 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s);
2899 }
2900
2901
2902 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2903 face. */
2904
2905 static void
2906 x_set_cursor_gc (s)
2907 struct glyph_string *s;
2908 {
2909 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
2910 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2911 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2912 && !s->cmp)
2913 s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc;
2914 else
2915 {
2916 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2917 XGCValues xgcv;
2918 unsigned long mask;
2919
2920 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
2921 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2922
2923 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2924 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2925 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2926 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2927 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
2928 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2929 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2930
2931 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2932 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
2933 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
2934 {
2935 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
2936 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2937 }
2938
2939 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2940 xgcv.font = s->font;
2941 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2942
2943 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2944 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2945 mask, &xgcv);
2946 else
2947 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2948 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2949
2950 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2951 }
2952 }
2953
2954
2955 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2956
2957 static void
2958 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
2959 struct glyph_string *s;
2960 {
2961 int face_id;
2962 struct face *face;
2963
2964 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2965 face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
2966 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2967 if (face == NULL)
2968 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID);
2969
2970 if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
2971 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch);
2972 else
2973 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0);
2974 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2975 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2976
2977 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2978 if (s->font == s->face->font)
2979 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2980 else
2981 {
2982 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2983 but font FONT. */
2984 XGCValues xgcv;
2985 unsigned long mask;
2986
2987 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
2988 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2989 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2990 xgcv.font = s->font;
2991 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2992
2993 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2994 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2995 mask, &xgcv);
2996 else
2997 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2998 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2999
3000 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
3001 }
3002
3003 xassert (s->gc != 0);
3004 }
3005
3006
3007 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
3008 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
3009 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
3010
3011 static INLINE void
3012 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
3013 struct glyph_string *s;
3014 {
3015 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3016 }
3017
3018
3019 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
3020 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
3021 pattern. */
3022
3023 static INLINE void
3024 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
3025 struct glyph_string *s;
3026 {
3027 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
3028
3029 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
3030 {
3031 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3032 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3033 }
3034 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
3035 {
3036 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
3037 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3038 }
3039 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3040 {
3041 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
3042 s->stippled_p = 0;
3043 }
3044 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
3045 {
3046 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
3047 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3048 }
3049 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3050 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
3051 {
3052 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3053 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3054 }
3055 else
3056 {
3057 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3058 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3059 }
3060
3061 /* GC must have been set. */
3062 xassert (s->gc != 0);
3063 }
3064
3065
3066 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
3067
3068 static void
3069 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r)
3070 struct glyph_string *s;
3071 RECT *r;
3072 {
3073 int r_height, r_width;
3074
3075 if (s->row->full_width_p)
3076 {
3077 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
3078 int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3079
3080 r->left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x;
3081 r_width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x;
3082
3083 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f))
3084 {
3085 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x;
3086 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f))
3087 r->left -= width;
3088 }
3089
3090 r->left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f);
3091
3092 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
3093 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
3094 if (s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3095 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3096 else
3097 r_height = s->height;
3098 }
3099 else
3100 {
3101 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
3102 r->left = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0);
3103 r_width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area);
3104 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3105 }
3106
3107 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
3108 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
3109 intentionally draws over other lines. */
3110 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
3111 {
3112 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3113 r_height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->top;
3114 }
3115 else
3116 {
3117 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
3118 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
3119 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
3120 if (!s->row->full_width_p
3121 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row))
3122 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3123 else
3124 r->top = max (0, s->row->y);
3125
3126 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
3127 at the top of the window. */
3128 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
3129 r->top -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
3130 }
3131
3132 r->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->top);
3133
3134 r->bottom = r->top + r_height;
3135 r->right = r->left + r_width;
3136 }
3137
3138
3139 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
3140 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
3141
3142 static INLINE void
3143 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
3144 struct glyph_string *s;
3145 {
3146 RECT r;
3147 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3148 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, &r);
3149 }
3150
3151
3152 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
3153 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
3154
3155 static INLINE void
3156 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
3157 struct glyph_string *s;
3158 {
3159 /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for
3160 getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each
3161 individual character and working it out manually. */
3162 }
3163
3164
3165 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
3166 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
3167 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
3168
3169 static void
3170 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p)
3171 struct glyph_string *s;
3172 int x;
3173 int backward_p;
3174 {
3175 if (backward_p)
3176 {
3177 while (s)
3178 {
3179 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3180 x -= s->width;
3181 s->x = x;
3182 s = s->prev;
3183 }
3184 }
3185 else
3186 {
3187 while (s)
3188 {
3189 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3190 s->x = x;
3191 x += s->width;
3192 s = s->next;
3193 }
3194 }
3195 }
3196
3197
3198 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
3199 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
3200 assumed to be zero. */
3201
3202 static void
3203 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right)
3204 HDC hdc;
3205 struct glyph *glyph;
3206 struct frame *f;
3207 int *left, *right;
3208 {
3209 *left = *right = 0;
3210
3211 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
3212 {
3213 XFontStruct *font;
3214 struct face *face;
3215 wchar_t char2b;
3216 XCharStruct *pcm;
3217
3218 face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL);
3219 font = face->font;
3220
3221 if (font
3222 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
3223 glyph->w32_font_type)))
3224 {
3225 if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
3226 *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width;
3227 if (pcm->lbearing < 0)
3228 *left = -pcm->lbearing;
3229 }
3230 }
3231 }
3232
3233
3234 static void
3235 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right)
3236 struct glyph *glyph;
3237 struct frame *f;
3238 int *left, *right;
3239 {
3240 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3241 /* Convert to unicode! */
3242 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right);
3243 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3244 }
3245
3246
3247 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3248 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
3249 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
3250
3251 static int
3252 x_left_overwritten (s)
3253 struct glyph_string *s;
3254 {
3255 int k;
3256
3257 if (s->left_overhang)
3258 {
3259 int x = 0, i;
3260 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3261 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3262
3263 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i)
3264 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3265
3266 k = i + 1;
3267 }
3268 else
3269 k = -1;
3270
3271 return k;
3272 }
3273
3274
3275 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3276 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3277 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3278
3279 static int
3280 x_left_overwriting (s)
3281 struct glyph_string *s;
3282 {
3283 int i, k, x;
3284 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3285 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3286
3287 k = -1;
3288 x = 0;
3289 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i)
3290 {
3291 int left, right;
3292 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3293 if (x + right > 0)
3294 k = i;
3295 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3296 }
3297
3298 return k;
3299 }
3300
3301
3302 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3303 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3304 no such glyph is found. */
3305
3306 static int
3307 x_right_overwritten (s)
3308 struct glyph_string *s;
3309 {
3310 int k = -1;
3311
3312 if (s->right_overhang)
3313 {
3314 int x = 0, i;
3315 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3316 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3317 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3318
3319 for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i)
3320 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3321
3322 k = i;
3323 }
3324
3325 return k;
3326 }
3327
3328
3329 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3330 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3331 if no such glyph is found. */
3332
3333 static int
3334 x_right_overwriting (s)
3335 struct glyph_string *s;
3336 {
3337 int i, k, x;
3338 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3339 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3340 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3341
3342 k = -1;
3343 x = 0;
3344 for (i = first; i < end; ++i)
3345 {
3346 int left, right;
3347 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3348 if (x - left < 0)
3349 k = i;
3350 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3351 }
3352
3353 return k;
3354 }
3355
3356
3357 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3358
3359 static INLINE void
3360 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
3361 struct glyph_string *s;
3362 int x, y, w, h;
3363 {
3364 int real_x = x;
3365 int real_y = y;
3366 int real_w = w;
3367 int real_h = h;
3368 #if 0
3369 /* Take clipping into account. */
3370 if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect)
3371 {
3372 real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3373 real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3374 real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right
3375 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3376 real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom
3377 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3378 }
3379 #endif
3380 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y,
3381 real_w, real_h);
3382 }
3383
3384
3385 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3386 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3387 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3388 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3389 contains the first component of a composition. */
3390
3391 static void
3392 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
3393 struct glyph_string *s;
3394 int force_p;
3395 {
3396 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3397 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3398 if (!s->background_filled_p)
3399 {
3400 int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
3401
3402 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3403 if (s->stippled_p)
3404 {
3405 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3406 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
3407 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
3408 s->y + box_line_width,
3409 s->background_width,
3410 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
3411 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
3412 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3413 }
3414 else
3415 #endif
3416 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width
3417 || s->font_not_found_p
3418 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3419 || s->font->bdf
3420 || force_p)
3421 {
3422 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width,
3423 s->background_width,
3424 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
3425 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3426 }
3427 }
3428 }
3429
3430
3431 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3432
3433 static void
3434 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3435 struct glyph_string *s;
3436 {
3437 int i, x;
3438 HFONT old_font;
3439
3440 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3441 of S to the right of that box line. */
3442 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3443 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3444 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3445 else
3446 x = s->x;
3447
3448 if (s->for_overlaps_p || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
3449 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3450 else
3451 SetBkMode (s->hdc, OPAQUE);
3452
3453 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3454 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3455 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3456
3457 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3458 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3459
3460 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3461 loaded. */
3462 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3463 {
3464 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3465 {
3466 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
3467
3468 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
3469 s->height - 1);
3470 x += g->pixel_width;
3471 }
3472 }
3473 else
3474 {
3475 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
3476 int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;
3477
3478 if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
3479 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;
3480
3481 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3482 if (!s->two_byte_p)
3483 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3484 char1b[i] = BYTE2 (s->char2b[i]);
3485
3486 /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */
3487 w32_text_out (s, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
3488 }
3489 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3490 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3491 }
3492
3493 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3494
3495 static void
3496 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3497 struct glyph_string *s;
3498 {
3499 int i, x;
3500 HFONT old_font;
3501
3502 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3503 of S to the right of that box line. */
3504 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3505 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3506 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3507 else
3508 x = s->x;
3509
3510 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3511 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3512 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3513 this composition. */
3514
3515 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3516 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3517 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3518 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3519
3520 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3521 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3522
3523 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3524 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3525 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3526 {
3527 if (s->gidx == 0)
3528 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1,
3529 s->height - 1);
3530 }
3531 else
3532 {
3533 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
3534 w32_text_out (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
3535 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
3536 s->char2b + i, 1);
3537 }
3538 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3539 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3540 }
3541
3542
3543 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3544 boosted.
3545
3546 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3547 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3548 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3549 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
3550 use an additional additive factor.
3551
3552 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3553 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3554 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187
3555
3556
3557 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
3558 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3559 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
3560 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
3561 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3562 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3563
3564 static int
3565 w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta)
3566 struct frame *f;
3567 COLORREF *color;
3568 double factor;
3569 int delta;
3570 {
3571 COLORREF new;
3572 long bright;
3573
3574 /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
3575 delta /= 256;
3576
3577 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3578 xassert (factor >= 0);
3579 new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)),
3580 min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)),
3581 min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color)));
3582
3583 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3584 bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color)
3585 + GetBValue (*color)) / 6;
3586
3587 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3588 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3589 if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT)
3590 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3591 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3592 {
3593 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3594 double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT;
3595 /* The additive adjustment. */
3596 int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2;
3597
3598 if (factor < 1)
3599 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))),
3600 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))),
3601 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color))));
3602 else
3603 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3604 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3605 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3606 }
3607
3608 if (new == *color)
3609 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3610 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3611 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3612
3613 /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
3614 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3615
3616 if (new == *color)
3617 return 0;
3618
3619 *color = new;
3620
3621 return 1;
3622 }
3623
3624
3625 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3626 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3627 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3628 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3629 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3630 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3631
3632 static void
3633 w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
3634 struct frame *f;
3635 struct relief *relief;
3636 double factor;
3637 int delta;
3638 COLORREF default_pixel;
3639 {
3640 XGCValues xgcv;
3641 struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32;
3642 unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
3643 COLORREF pixel;
3644 COLORREF background = di->relief_background;
3645 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
3646
3647 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3648
3649 /* Allocate new color. */
3650 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
3651 pixel = background;
3652 if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta))
3653 {
3654 relief->allocated_p = 1;
3655 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
3656 }
3657
3658 if (relief->gc == 0)
3659 {
3660 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3661 xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
3662 mask |= GCStipple;
3663 #endif
3664 relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
3665 }
3666 else
3667 XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3668 }
3669
3670
3671 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3672
3673 static void
3674 x_setup_relief_colors (s)
3675 struct glyph_string *s;
3676 {
3677 struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32;
3678 COLORREF color;
3679
3680 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
3681 color = s->face->box_color;
3682 else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH
3683 && s->img->pixmap
3684 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0))
3685 color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0);
3686 else
3687 color = s->gc->background;
3688
3689 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
3690 || color != di->relief_background)
3691 {
3692 di->relief_background = color;
3693 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
3694 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3695 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
3696 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3697 }
3698 }
3699
3700
3701 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3702 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3703 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3704 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3705 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3706 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3707 when drawing. */
3708
3709 static void
3710 w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3711 raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3712 struct frame *f;
3713 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
3714 RECT *clip_rect;
3715 {
3716 int i;
3717 XGCValues gc;
3718 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3719
3720 if (raised_p)
3721 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3722 else
3723 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3724
3725 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect);
3726
3727 /* Top. */
3728 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3729 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3730 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
3731 right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p ) + 1, 1);
3732
3733 /* Left. */
3734 if (left_p)
3735 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3736 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3737 left_x + i, top_y + i, 1,
3738 bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i + 1);
3739
3740 if (raised_p)
3741 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3742 else
3743 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3744
3745 /* Bottom. */
3746 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3747 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3748 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
3749 right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p) + 1, 1);
3750
3751 /* Right. */
3752 if (right_p)
3753 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3754 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3755 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1,
3756 bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i - 1);
3757
3758 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
3759
3760 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3761 }
3762
3763
3764 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3765 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3766 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3767 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3768 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3769 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3770
3771 static void
3772 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3773 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3774 struct glyph_string *s;
3775 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p;
3776 RECT *clip_rect;
3777 {
3778 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect);
3779
3780 /* Top. */
3781 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3782 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3783
3784 /* Left. */
3785 if (left_p)
3786 {
3787 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3788 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3789 }
3790
3791 /* Bottom. */
3792 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3793 left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3794
3795 /* Right. */
3796 if (right_p)
3797 {
3798 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3799 right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3800 }
3801
3802 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3803 }
3804
3805
3806 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3807
3808 static void
3809 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
3810 struct glyph_string *s;
3811 {
3812 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
3813 int left_p, right_p;
3814 struct glyph *last_glyph;
3815 RECT clip_rect;
3816
3817 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
3818 if (s->row->full_width_p
3819 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3820 {
3821 last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->f);
3822 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
3823 last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3824 }
3825
3826 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3827 last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
3828 ? s->first_glyph
3829 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
3830
3831 width = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3832 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
3833 left_x = s->x;
3834 right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3835 ? last_x - 1
3836 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1));
3837 top_y = s->y;
3838 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
3839
3840 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
3841 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3842 && (s->prev == NULL
3843 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
3844 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
3845 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3846 && (s->next == NULL
3847 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
3848
3849 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3850
3851 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
3852 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3853 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3854 else
3855 {
3856 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3857 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
3858 width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3859 }
3860 }
3861
3862
3863 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3864
3865 static void
3866 x_draw_image_foreground (s)
3867 struct glyph_string *s;
3868 {
3869 int x;
3870 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3871
3872 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3873 right of that line. */
3874 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3875 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3876 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3877 else
3878 x = s->x;
3879
3880 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3881 by that margin. */
3882 x += s->img->hmargin;
3883 y += s->img->vmargin;
3884
3885 SaveDC (s->hdc);
3886
3887 if (s->img->pixmap)
3888 {
3889 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3890 if (s->img->mask)
3891 {
3892 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3893 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3894 trust on the shape extension to be available
3895 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3896 manually. */
3897 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
3898 | GCFunction);
3899 XGCValues xgcv;
3900 XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;
3901
3902 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
3903 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
3904 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
3905 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
3906 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3907
3908 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3909 image_rect.x = x;
3910 image_rect.y = y;
3911 image_rect.width = s->img->width;
3912 image_rect.height = s->img->height;
3913 if (IntersectRect (&r, &clip_rect, &image_rect))
3914 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
3915 r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
3916 }
3917 else
3918 #endif
3919 {
3920 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3921 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
3922 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
3923 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
3924 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
3925
3926 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3927 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3928 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
3929 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3930 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
3931 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3932 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
3933 #else
3934 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3935 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
3936 #endif
3937 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
3938 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
3939 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
3940 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
3941
3942 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3943 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3944 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3945 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3946 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3947 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3948 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3949 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
3950 s->img->height - 1);
3951 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3952 }
3953 }
3954 else
3955 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width -1,
3956 s->img->height - 1);
3957
3958 RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1);
3959 }
3960
3961
3962
3963 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3964
3965 static void
3966 x_draw_image_relief (s)
3967 struct glyph_string *s;
3968 {
3969 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
3970 RECT r;
3971 int x;
3972 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3973
3974 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3975 right of that line. */
3976 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3977 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3978 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3979 else
3980 x = s->x;
3981
3982 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3983 by that margin. */
3984 x += s->img->hmargin;
3985 y += s->img->vmargin;
3986
3987 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3988 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
3989 {
3990 thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
3991 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
3992 }
3993 else
3994 {
3995 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
3996 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
3997 }
3998
3999 x0 = x - thick;
4000 y0 = y - thick;
4001 x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
4002 y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
4003
4004 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
4005 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4006 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
4007 }
4008
4009
4010 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
4011
4012 static void
4013 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
4014 struct glyph_string *s;
4015 HBITMAP pixmap;
4016 {
4017 HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4018 HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap);
4019 int x;
4020 int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
4021
4022 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4023 right of that line. */
4024 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4025 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4026 x = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4027 else
4028 x = 0;
4029
4030 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4031 by that margin. */
4032 x += s->img->hmargin;
4033 y += s->img->vmargin;
4034
4035 if (s->img->pixmap)
4036 {
4037 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4038 if (s->img->mask)
4039 {
4040 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4041 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4042 trust on the shape extension to be available
4043 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4044 manually. */
4045 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
4046 | GCFunction);
4047 XGCValues xgcv;
4048
4049 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
4050 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
4051 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
4052 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
4053 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
4054
4055 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
4056 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
4057 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
4058 }
4059 else
4060 #endif
4061 {
4062 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
4063 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4064 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush);
4065 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
4066
4067 SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4068 SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background);
4069 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4070 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4071 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4072 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4073 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4074 #else
4075 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4076 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4077 #endif
4078 SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush);
4079 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4080 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4081 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4082
4083 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4084 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4085 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4086 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4087 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4088 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4089 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
4090 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4091 s->img->height - 1);
4092 }
4093 }
4094 else
4095 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4096 s->img->height - 1);
4097
4098 SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj);
4099 DeleteDC (hdc);
4100 }
4101
4102
4103 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4104 give the rectangle to draw. */
4105
4106 static void
4107 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
4108 struct glyph_string *s;
4109 int x, y, w, h;
4110 {
4111 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4112 if (s->stippled_p)
4113 {
4114 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4115 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4116 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
4117 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4118 }
4119 else
4120 #endif
4121 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
4122 }
4123
4124
4125 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4126
4127 s->y
4128 s->x +-------------------------
4129 | s->face->box
4130 |
4131 | +-------------------------
4132 | | s->img->vmargin
4133 | |
4134 | | +-------------------
4135 | | | the image
4136
4137 */
4138
4139 static void
4140 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
4141 struct glyph_string *s;
4142 {
4143 int x, y;
4144 int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4145 int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
4146 int height;
4147 HBITMAP pixmap = 0;
4148
4149 height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth;
4150
4151 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4152 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4153 flickering. */
4154 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4155 if (height > s->img->height
4156 || s->img->hmargin
4157 || s->img->vmargin
4158 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4159 || s->img->mask
4160 #endif
4161 || s->img->pixmap == 0
4162 || s->width != s->background_width)
4163 {
4164 if (box_line_hwidth && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4165 x = s->x + box_line_hwidth;
4166 else
4167 x = s->x;
4168
4169 y = s->y + box_line_vwidth;
4170 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4171 if (s->img->mask)
4172 {
4173 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4174 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4175 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4176 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
4177 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
4178
4179 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4180 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
4181 s->background_width,
4182 s->height, depth);
4183
4184 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4185 pixmap. */
4186 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
4187
4188 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4189 if (s->stippled_p)
4190 {
4191 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4192 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4193 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4194 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4195 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4196 }
4197 else
4198 {
4199 XGCValues xgcv;
4200 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
4201 &xgcv);
4202 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
4203 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4204 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4205 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
4206 }
4207 }
4208 else
4209 #endif
4210 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
4211
4212 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4213 }
4214
4215 /* Draw the foreground. */
4216 if (pixmap != 0)
4217 {
4218 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
4219 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4220 {
4221 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4222 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4223 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
4224 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
4225
4226 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4227 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
4228 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4229 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4230 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4231 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4232 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4233 #else
4234 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4235 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4236 #endif
4237 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
4238 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4239 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4240 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4241 }
4242 DeleteObject (pixmap);
4243 pixmap = 0;
4244 }
4245 else
4246 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
4247
4248 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4249 if (s->img->relief
4250 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4251 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4252 x_draw_image_relief (s);
4253 }
4254
4255
4256 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4257
4258 static void
4259 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
4260 struct glyph_string *s;
4261 {
4262 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4263 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4264
4265 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
4266 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
4267 {
4268 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4269 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4270 int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);
4271
4272 /* Draw cursor. */
4273 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
4274
4275 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4276 if (width < s->background_width)
4277 {
4278 XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc;
4279 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
4280 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
4281 RECT r;
4282 HDC hdc = s->hdc;
4283
4284 if (s->row->mouse_face_p
4285 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w))
4286 {
4287 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
4288 gc = s->gc;
4289 }
4290 else
4291 gc = s->face->gc;
4292
4293 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4294 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r);
4295
4296 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4297 if (s->face->stipple)
4298 {
4299 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4300 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4301 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
4302 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
4303 }
4304 else
4305 #endif
4306 {
4307 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h);
4308 }
4309 }
4310 }
4311 else if (!s->background_filled_p)
4312 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
4313 s->height);
4314
4315 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4316 }
4317
4318
4319 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4320
4321 static void
4322 x_draw_glyph_string (s)
4323 struct glyph_string *s;
4324 {
4325 int relief_drawn_p = 0;
4326
4327 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4328 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4329 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4330 if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p)
4331 {
4332 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
4333 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
4334 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
4335 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
4336 }
4337
4338 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4339 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
4340
4341 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
4342 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
4343 if (!s->for_overlaps_p
4344 && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4345 && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4346 || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH))
4347
4348 {
4349 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4350 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4351 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4352 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4353 relief_drawn_p = 1;
4354 }
4355 else
4356 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4357
4358 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
4359 {
4360 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
4361 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
4362 break;
4363
4364 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
4365 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
4366 break;
4367
4368 case CHAR_GLYPH:
4369 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
4370 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4371 else
4372 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
4373 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4374 break;
4375
4376 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
4377 if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0)
4378 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4379 else
4380 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4381 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4382 break;
4383
4384 default:
4385 abort ();
4386 }
4387
4388 if (!s->for_overlaps_p)
4389 {
4390 /* Draw underline. */
4391 if (s->face->underline_p
4392 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmUnderlined))
4393 {
4394 unsigned long h = 1;
4395 unsigned long dy = s->height - h;
4396
4397 /* TODO: Use font information for positioning and thickness
4398 of underline. See OUTLINETEXTMETRIC, and xterm.c. */
4399 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
4400 {
4401 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4402 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4403 }
4404 else
4405 {
4406 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4407 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4408 }
4409 }
4410
4411 /* Draw overline. */
4412 if (s->face->overline_p)
4413 {
4414 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
4415
4416 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
4417 {
4418 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4419 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4420 }
4421 else
4422 {
4423 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4424 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4425 }
4426 }
4427
4428 /* Draw strike-through. */
4429 if (s->face->strike_through_p
4430 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmStruckOut))
4431 {
4432 unsigned long h = 1;
4433 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
4434
4435 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
4436 {
4437 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy,
4438 s->width, h);
4439 }
4440 else
4441 {
4442 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4443 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4444 }
4445 }
4446
4447 /* Draw relief. */
4448 if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
4449 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4450 }
4451
4452 /* Reset clipping. */
4453 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
4454 }
4455
4456
4457 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
4458 struct face **, int));
4459
4460
4461 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4462
4463 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4464 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4465 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4466 use its physical height for clipping.
4467
4468 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4469
4470 static int
4471 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p)
4472 struct glyph_string *s;
4473 struct face **faces;
4474 int overlaps_p;
4475 {
4476 int i;
4477
4478 xassert (s);
4479
4480 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4481
4482 s->face = faces[s->gidx];
4483 s->font = s->face->font;
4484 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4485
4486 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4487 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4488 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4489 ++s->nchars;
4490 for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i)
4491 ++s->nchars;
4492
4493 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4494 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4495
4496 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4497
4498 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4499 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4500 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4501 characters of the glyph string. */
4502 if (s->font == NULL)
4503 {
4504 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4505 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4506 }
4507
4508 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4509 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4510
4511 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4512
4513 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4514 s->two_byte_p = 1;
4515
4516 return s->gidx + s->nchars;
4517 }
4518
4519
4520 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4521
4522 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4523 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4524 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4525 use its physical height for clipping.
4526
4527 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4528
4529 static int
4530 x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p)
4531 struct glyph_string *s;
4532 int face_id;
4533 int start, end, overlaps_p;
4534 {
4535 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4536 int voffset;
4537 int glyph_not_available_p;
4538
4539 xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame));
4540 xassert (s->nchars == 0);
4541 xassert (start >= 0 && end > start);
4542
4543 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4544 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4545 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4546 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4547
4548 glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p;
4549
4550 while (glyph < last
4551 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4552 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4553 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4554 && glyph->face_id == face_id
4555 && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p)
4556 {
4557 int two_byte_p;
4558
4559 s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph,
4560 s->char2b + s->nchars,
4561 &two_byte_p);
4562 s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p;
4563 ++s->nchars;
4564 xassert (s->nchars <= end - start);
4565 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4566 ++glyph;
4567 }
4568
4569 s->font = s->face->font;
4570 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4571
4572 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4573 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4574 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4575 characters of the glyph string. */
4576 if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p)
4577 {
4578 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4579 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4580 }
4581
4582 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4583 s->ybase += voffset;
4584
4585 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4586 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4587 }
4588
4589
4590 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4591
4592 static void
4593 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s)
4594 struct glyph_string *s;
4595 {
4596 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH);
4597 s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id);
4598 xassert (s->img);
4599 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id);
4600 s->font = s->face->font;
4601 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4602
4603 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4604 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4605 }
4606
4607
4608 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4609
4610 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4611 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4612 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4613
4614 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4615
4616 static int
4617 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end)
4618 struct glyph_string *s;
4619 struct glyph_row *row;
4620 enum glyph_row_area area;
4621 int start, end;
4622 {
4623 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4624 int voffset, face_id;
4625
4626 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4627
4628 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4629 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4630 face_id = glyph->face_id;
4631 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
4632 s->font = s->face->font;
4633 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4634 s->width = glyph->pixel_width;
4635 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4636
4637 for (++glyph;
4638 (glyph < last
4639 && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
4640 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4641 && glyph->face_id == face_id);
4642 ++glyph)
4643 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4644
4645 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4646 s->ybase += voffset;
4647
4648 xassert (s->face);
4649 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4650 }
4651
4652
4653 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4654 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4655 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4656 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4657 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4658 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4659 face-override for drawing S. */
4660
4661 static void
4662 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
4663 struct glyph_string *s;
4664 HDC hdc;
4665 wchar_t *char2b;
4666 struct window *w;
4667 struct glyph_row *row;
4668 enum glyph_row_area area;
4669 int start;
4670 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4671 {
4672 bzero (s, sizeof *s);
4673 s->w = w;
4674 s->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4675 s->hdc = hdc;
4676 s->window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s->f);
4677 s->char2b = char2b;
4678 s->hl = hl;
4679 s->row = row;
4680 s->area = area;
4681 s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start;
4682 s->height = row->height;
4683 s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
4684
4685 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4686 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
4687 s->y -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
4688
4689 s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent;
4690 }
4691
4692
4693 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4694 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4695 in the drawing area. */
4696
4697 static INLINE void
4698 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x)
4699 struct glyph_string *s;
4700 int start;
4701 int last_x;
4702 {
4703 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4704 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4705 struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
4706
4707 if (start == s->row->used[s->area]
4708 && s->area == TEXT_AREA
4709 && ((s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4710 && (s->row->fill_line_p
4711 || s->face->background != default_face->background
4712 || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple
4713 || s->row->mouse_face_p))
4714 || s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4715 || ((s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4716 && s->row->fill_line_p)))
4717 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1;
4718
4719 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4720 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4721 area. */
4722 if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
4723 s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1;
4724 else
4725 s->background_width = s->width;
4726 }
4727
4728
4729 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4730 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4731 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4732 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4733 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4734 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4735 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4736
4737 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4738 do \
4739 { \
4740 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4741 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4742 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4743 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4744 s->x = (X); \
4745 } \
4746 while (0)
4747
4748
4749 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4750 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4751 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4752 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4753 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4754 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4755 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4756
4757 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4758 do \
4759 { \
4760 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4761 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4762 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4763 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4764 ++START; \
4765 s->x = (X); \
4766 } \
4767 while (0)
4768
4769
4770 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4771 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4772 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4773 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4774 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4775 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4776 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4777 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4778
4779 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4780 do \
4781 { \
4782 int c, face_id; \
4783 wchar_t *char2b; \
4784 \
4785 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4786 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4787 \
4788 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4789 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4790 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4791 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4792 s->x = (X); \
4793 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4794 OVERLAPS_P); \
4795 } \
4796 while (0)
4797
4798
4799 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4800 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4801 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4802 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4803 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4804 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4805 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4806 x-position of the drawing area. */
4807
4808 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4809 do { \
4810 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4811 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4812 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4813 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4814 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4815 wchar_t *char2b; \
4816 struct face **faces; \
4817 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4818 int n; \
4819 \
4820 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4821 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4822 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4823 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4824 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4825 { \
4826 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4827 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4828 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4829 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4830 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4831 } \
4832 \
4833 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4834 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4835 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4836 { \
4837 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4838 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4839 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4840 s->cmp = cmp; \
4841 s->gidx = n; \
4842 s->x = (X); \
4843 \
4844 if (n == 0) \
4845 first_s = s; \
4846 \
4847 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4848 } \
4849 \
4850 ++START; \
4851 s = first_s; \
4852 } while (0)
4853
4854
4855 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4856 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4857 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4858 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4859 x-positions of the drawing area.
4860
4861 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4862 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4863 asynchronously). */
4864
4865 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4866 do \
4867 { \
4868 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4869 while (START < END) \
4870 { \
4871 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4872 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4873 { \
4874 case CHAR_GLYPH: \
4875 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4876 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4877 OVERLAPS_P); \
4878 break; \
4879 \
4880 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4881 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \
4882 END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \
4883 LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \
4884 break; \
4885 \
4886 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4887 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\
4888 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4889 break; \
4890 \
4891 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
4892 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4893 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4894 break; \
4895 \
4896 default: \
4897 abort (); \
4898 } \
4899 \
4900 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4901 (X) += s->width; \
4902 } \
4903 } \
4904 while (0)
4905
4906
4907 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4908 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4909 face-override with the following meaning:
4910
4911 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4912 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4913 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4914 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4915 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4916 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4917
4918 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4919 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4920
4921 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4922
4923 static int
4924 x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, overlaps_p)
4925 struct window *w;
4926 int x;
4927 struct glyph_row *row;
4928 enum glyph_row_area area;
4929 int start, end;
4930 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4931 int overlaps_p;
4932 {
4933 struct glyph_string *head, *tail;
4934 struct glyph_string *s;
4935 int last_x, area_width;
4936 int x_reached;
4937 int i, j;
4938 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)));
4939
4940 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4941 end = min (end, row->used[area]);
4942 start = max (0, start);
4943 start = min (end, start);
4944
4945 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4946 end of the drawing area. */
4947 if (row->full_width_p)
4948 {
4949 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4950 or fringes. */
4951 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4952 int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4953
4954 x += window_left_x;
4955 area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4956 last_x = window_left_x + area_width;
4957
4958 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
4959 {
4960 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4961 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
4962 last_x += width;
4963 else
4964 x -= width;
4965 }
4966
4967 x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4968 last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4969 }
4970 else
4971 {
4972 x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x);
4973 area_width = window_box_width (w, area);
4974 last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width);
4975 }
4976
4977 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4978 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4979 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4980 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4981 i = start;
4982 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x,
4983 overlaps_p);
4984 if (tail)
4985 x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width;
4986 else
4987 x_reached = x;
4988
4989 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4990 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
4991 strings built above. */
4992 if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p)
4993 {
4994 int dummy_x = 0;
4995 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
4996
4997 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
4998 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
4999 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
5000
5001 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5002 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
5003 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
5004 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
5005 draws over it. */
5006 i = x_left_overwritten (head);
5007 if (i >= 0)
5008 {
5009 j = i;
5010 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, j, start, h, t,
5011 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
5012 overlaps_p);
5013 start = i;
5014 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
5015 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5016 }
5017
5018 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5019 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
5020 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
5021 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
5022 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
5023 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
5024 strings exist. */
5025 i = x_left_overwriting (head);
5026 if (i >= 0)
5027 {
5028 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, start, h, t,
5029 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
5030 overlaps_p);
5031 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
5032 s->background_filled_p = 1;
5033 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
5034 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5035 }
5036
5037 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5038 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
5039 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
5040 over it. */
5041 i = x_right_overwritten (tail);
5042 if (i >= 0)
5043 {
5044 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
5045 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
5046 overlaps_p);
5047 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
5048 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5049 }
5050
5051 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5052 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
5053 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
5054 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
5055 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
5056 i = x_right_overwriting (tail);
5057 if (i >= 0)
5058 {
5059 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
5060 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
5061 overlaps_p);
5062 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
5063 s->background_filled_p = 1;
5064 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
5065 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5066 }
5067 }
5068
5069 /* Draw all strings. */
5070 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
5071 x_draw_glyph_string (s);
5072
5073 if (area == TEXT_AREA
5074 && !row->full_width_p
5075 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
5076 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
5077 completely. */
5078 && !overlaps_p)
5079 {
5080 int x0 = head ? head->x : x;
5081 int x1 = tail ? tail->x + tail->background_width : x;
5082
5083 x0 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x0);
5084 x1 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x1);
5085
5086 if (!row->full_width_p && XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) != 0)
5087 {
5088 int left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5089 x0 -= left_area_width;
5090 x1 -= left_area_width;
5091 }
5092
5093 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1,
5094 row->y, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row));
5095 }
5096
5097 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5098 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5099 x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached);
5100 if (!row->full_width_p)
5101 {
5102 if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5103 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5104 if (area > TEXT_AREA)
5105 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
5106 }
5107
5108 release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), hdc);
5109
5110 return x_reached;
5111 }
5112
5113
5114 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5115
5116 static void
5117 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area)
5118 struct window *w;
5119 struct glyph_row *row;
5120 enum glyph_row_area area;
5121 {
5122 int i, x;
5123
5124 BLOCK_INPUT;
5125
5126 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5127 x = 0;
5128 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5129 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5130 else
5131 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5132 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5133
5134 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];)
5135 {
5136 if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p)
5137 {
5138 int start = i, start_x = x;
5139
5140 do
5141 {
5142 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5143 ++i;
5144 }
5145 while (i < row->used[area]
5146 && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p);
5147
5148 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i,
5149 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 1);
5150 }
5151 else
5152 {
5153 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5154 ++i;
5155 }
5156 }
5157
5158 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5159 }
5160
5161
5162 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5163 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5164 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5165 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5166 row being updated. */
5167
5168 static void
5169 x_write_glyphs (start, len)
5170 struct glyph *start;
5171 int len;
5172 {
5173 int x, hpos;
5174
5175 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5176 BLOCK_INPUT;
5177
5178 /* Write glyphs. */
5179
5180 hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area];
5181 x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x,
5182 updated_row, updated_area,
5183 hpos, hpos + len,
5184 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5185
5186 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5187
5188 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5189 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5190 output_cursor.x = x;
5191 }
5192
5193
5194 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5195
5196 static void
5197 x_insert_glyphs (start, len)
5198 struct glyph *start;
5199 register int len;
5200 {
5201 struct frame *f;
5202 struct window *w;
5203 int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width;
5204 struct glyph_row *row;
5205 struct glyph *glyph;
5206 int frame_x, frame_y, hpos;
5207 HDC hdc;
5208
5209 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5210 BLOCK_INPUT;
5211 w = updated_window;
5212 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5213 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5214
5215 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5216 row = updated_row;
5217 line_height = row->height;
5218
5219 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5220 shift_by_width = 0;
5221 for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph)
5222 shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width;
5223
5224 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5225 shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area)
5226 - output_cursor.x
5227 - shift_by_width);
5228
5229 /* Shift right. */
5230 frame_x = window_box_left (w, updated_area) + output_cursor.x;
5231 frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y);
5232 BitBlt (hdc, frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y,
5233 shifted_region_width, line_height,
5234 hdc, frame_x, frame_y, SRCCOPY);
5235
5236 /* Write the glyphs. */
5237 hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area];
5238 x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len,
5239 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5240
5241 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5242 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5243 output_cursor.x += shift_by_width;
5244 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5245
5246 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5247 }
5248
5249
5250 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5251 for X frames. */
5252
5253 static void
5254 x_delete_glyphs (n)
5255 register int n;
5256 {
5257 struct frame *f;
5258
5259 if (updating_frame)
5260 f = updating_frame;
5261 else
5262 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5263
5264 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5265 return;
5266
5267 abort ();
5268 }
5269
5270
5271 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5272 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5273 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5274
5275 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5276 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5277
5278 static void
5279 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x)
5280 int to_x;
5281 {
5282 struct frame *f;
5283 struct window *w = updated_window;
5284 int max_x, min_y, max_y;
5285 int from_x, from_y, to_y;
5286
5287 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5288 f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5289
5290 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5291 {
5292 max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5293 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
5294 && !w->pseudo_window_p)
5295 max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5296 }
5297 else
5298 max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area);
5299 max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5300
5301 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5302 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5303 if (to_x == 0)
5304 return;
5305 else if (to_x < 0)
5306 to_x = max_x;
5307 else
5308 to_x = min (to_x, max_x);
5309
5310 to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height);
5311
5312 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5313 if (!updated_row->full_width_p)
5314 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, updated_area,
5315 output_cursor.x, -1,
5316 updated_row->y,
5317 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row));
5318
5319 from_x = output_cursor.x;
5320
5321 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5322 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5323 {
5324 from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x);
5325 to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x);
5326 }
5327 else
5328 {
5329 from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x);
5330 to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x);
5331 }
5332
5333 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5334 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y));
5335 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y);
5336
5337 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5338 if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y)
5339 {
5340 HDC hdc;
5341 BLOCK_INPUT;
5342 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5343
5344 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y);
5345 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5346 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5347 }
5348 }
5349
5350
5351 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5352 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5353
5354 static void
5355 x_clear_frame ()
5356 {
5357 struct frame *f;
5358
5359 if (updating_frame)
5360 f = updating_frame;
5361 else
5362 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5363
5364 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5365 return;
5366
5367 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5368 longer visible. */
5369 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
5370 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
5371 output_cursor.x = -1;
5372
5373 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5374 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5375 BLOCK_INPUT;
5376
5377 w32_clear_window (f);
5378
5379 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5380 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5381 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
5382
5383 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5384 }
5385
5386 \f
5387 /* Make audible bell. */
5388
5389 static void
5390 w32_ring_bell (void)
5391 {
5392 struct frame *f;
5393
5394 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5395
5396 BLOCK_INPUT;
5397
5398 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && visible_bell)
5399 {
5400 int i;
5401 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ());
5402
5403 for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
5404 {
5405 FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE);
5406 Sleep (10);
5407 }
5408 FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE);
5409 }
5410 else
5411 w32_sys_ring_bell ();
5412
5413 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5414 }
5415
5416 \f
5417 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5418 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5419 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5420 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5421
5422 static void
5423 w32_set_terminal_window (n)
5424 register int n;
5425 {
5426 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5427 }
5428 \f
5429
5430 \f
5431 /***********************************************************************
5432 Line Dance
5433 ***********************************************************************/
5434
5435 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5436 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5437
5438 static void
5439 x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
5440 int vpos, n;
5441 {
5442 struct frame *f;
5443
5444 if (updating_frame)
5445 f = updating_frame;
5446 else
5447 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5448
5449 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5450 return;
5451
5452 abort ();
5453 }
5454
5455
5456 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5457
5458 static void
5459 x_scroll_run (w, run)
5460 struct window *w;
5461 struct run *run;
5462 {
5463 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5464 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
5465 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5466 HRGN expect_dirty;
5467
5468 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5469 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
5470 fringes of W. */
5471 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
5472 width += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
5473 x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
5474
5475 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
5476 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
5477 bottom_y = y + height;
5478
5479 if (to_y < from_y)
5480 {
5481 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5482 line at the bottom. */
5483 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5484 height = bottom_y - from_y;
5485 else
5486 height = run->height;
5487 expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y + height, x + width, bottom_y);
5488 }
5489 else
5490 {
5491 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5492 at the bottom. */
5493 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5494 height = bottom_y - to_y;
5495 else
5496 height = run->height;
5497 expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y, x + width, to_y);
5498 }
5499
5500 BLOCK_INPUT;
5501
5502 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5503 updated_window = w;
5504 x_clear_cursor (w);
5505
5506 {
5507 RECT from;
5508 RECT to;
5509 HRGN dirty = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5510 HRGN combined = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5511
5512 from.left = to.left = x;
5513 from.right = to.right = x + width;
5514 from.top = from_y;
5515 from.bottom = from_y + height;
5516 to.top = y;
5517 to.bottom = bottom_y;
5518
5519 ScrollWindowEx (hwnd, 0, to_y - from_y, &from, &to, dirty,
5520 NULL, SW_INVALIDATE);
5521
5522 /* Combine this with what we expect to be dirty. This covers the
5523 case where not all of the region we expect is actually dirty. */
5524 CombineRgn (combined, dirty, expect_dirty, RGN_OR);
5525
5526 /* If the dirty region is not what we expected, redraw the entire frame. */
5527 if (!EqualRgn (combined, expect_dirty))
5528 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
5529 }
5530
5531 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5532 }
5533
5534
5535 \f
5536 /***********************************************************************
5537 Exposure Events
5538 ***********************************************************************/
5539
5540 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5541 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5542 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5543 the entire frame. */
5544
5545 static void
5546 expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h)
5547 struct frame *f;
5548 int x, y, w, h;
5549 {
5550 RECT r;
5551 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5552
5553 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame "));
5554
5555 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5556 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5557 {
5558 TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n"));
5559 return;
5560 }
5561
5562 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5563 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5564 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5565 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL
5566 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
5567 {
5568 TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n"));
5569 return;
5570 }
5571
5572 if (w == 0 || h == 0)
5573 {
5574 r.left = r.top = 0;
5575 r.right = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width;
5576 r.bottom = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height;
5577 }
5578 else
5579 {
5580 r.left = x;
5581 r.top = y;
5582 r.right = x + w;
5583 r.bottom = y + h;
5584 }
5585
5586 TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5587 mouse_face_overwritten_p = expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r);
5588
5589 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
5590 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5591 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window), &r);
5592
5593 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
5594 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
5595 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
5596 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
5597 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
5598 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
5599 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
5600 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
5601 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
5602 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
5603 /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not
5604 do the right thing if any third party tool offers
5605 focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */
5606 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5607 {
5608 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5609 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
5610 {
5611 int x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x;
5612 int y = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y;
5613 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
5614 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y);
5615 }
5616 }
5617 }
5618
5619
5620 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5621 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5622
5623 static int
5624 expose_window_tree (w, r)
5625 struct window *w;
5626 RECT *r;
5627 {
5628 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5629 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5630
5631 while (w && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5632 {
5633 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
5634 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5635 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r);
5636 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
5637 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5638 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r);
5639 else
5640 mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window (w, r);
5641
5642 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next);
5643 }
5644
5645 return mouse_face_overwritten_p;
5646 }
5647
5648
5649 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5650 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5651
5652 static void
5653 expose_area (w, row, r, area)
5654 struct window *w;
5655 struct glyph_row *row;
5656 RECT *r;
5657 enum glyph_row_area area;
5658 {
5659 struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area];
5660 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area];
5661 struct glyph *last;
5662 int first_x, start_x, x;
5663
5664 if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p)
5665 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5666 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, area,
5667 0, row->used[area],
5668 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5669 else
5670 {
5671 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5672 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5673 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5674 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5675 start_x = 0;
5676 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5677 start_x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5678 else
5679 start_x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5680 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5681 x = start_x;
5682
5683 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5684 while (first < end
5685 && x + first->pixel_width < r->left)
5686 {
5687 x += first->pixel_width;
5688 ++first;
5689 }
5690
5691 /* Find the last one. */
5692 last = first;
5693 first_x = x;
5694 while (last < end
5695 && x < r->right)
5696 {
5697 x += last->pixel_width;
5698 ++last;
5699 }
5700
5701 /* Repaint. */
5702 if (last > first)
5703 x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x - start_x, row, area,
5704 first - row->glyphs[area],
5705 last - row->glyphs[area],
5706 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5707 }
5708 }
5709
5710
5711 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5712 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
5713 non-zero if mouse face was overwritten. */
5714
5715 static int
5716 expose_line (w, row, r)
5717 struct window *w;
5718 struct glyph_row *row;
5719 RECT *r;
5720 {
5721 xassert (row->enabled_p);
5722
5723 if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p)
5724 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA],
5725 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5726 else
5727 {
5728 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5729 expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5730 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5731 expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA);
5732 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5733 expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5734 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row);
5735 }
5736
5737 return row->mouse_face_p;
5738 }
5739
5740
5741 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5742
5743 static int
5744 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)
5745 struct window *w;
5746 RECT *r;
5747 {
5748 RECT cr, result;
5749 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
5750
5751 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
5752 if (cursor_glyph)
5753 {
5754 cr.left = w->phys_cursor.x;
5755 cr.top = w->phys_cursor.y;
5756 cr.right = cr.left + cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
5757 cr.bottom = cr.top + w->phys_cursor_height;
5758 return IntersectRect (&result, &cr, r);
5759 }
5760 else
5761 return 0;
5762 }
5763
5764
5765 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectagle FR. Pixel
5766 coordinates in FR are frame relative. Call this function with
5767 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
5768 mouse-face. */
5769
5770 static int
5771 expose_window (w, fr)
5772 struct window *w;
5773 RECT *fr;
5774 {
5775 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5776 RECT wr, r;
5777 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5778
5779 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5780 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5781 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5782 created window. */
5783 if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
5784 return 0;
5785
5786 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
5787 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
5788 later. */
5789 if (w == updated_window)
5790 {
5791 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
5792 return 0;
5793 }
5794
5795 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5796 wr.left = XFASTINT (w->left) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5797 wr.top = XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5798 wr.right = wr.left + XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5799 wr.bottom = wr.top + XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5800
5801 if (IntersectRect(&r, fr, &wr))
5802 {
5803 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5804 struct glyph_row *row;
5805 int cursor_cleared_p;
5806
5807 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5808 r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5809
5810 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5811 r.left = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.left);
5812 r.right = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.right);
5813 r.top = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.top);
5814 r.bottom = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.bottom);
5815
5816 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5817 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
5818 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, &r))
5819 {
5820 x_clear_cursor (w);
5821 cursor_cleared_p = 1;
5822 }
5823 else
5824 cursor_cleared_p = 0;
5825
5826 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
5827 for (row = w->current_matrix->rows;
5828 row->enabled_p;
5829 ++row)
5830 {
5831 int y0 = row->y;
5832 int y1 = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row);
5833
5834 if ((y0 >= r.top && y0 < r.bottom)
5835 || (y1 > r.top && y1 < r.bottom)
5836 || (r.top >= y0 && r.top < y1)
5837 || (r.bottom > y0 && r.bottom < y1))
5838 {
5839 if (expose_line (w, row, &r))
5840 mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1;
5841 }
5842
5843 if (y1 >= yb)
5844 break;
5845 }
5846
5847 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5848 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
5849 && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix),
5850 row->enabled_p)
5851 && row->y < r.bottom)
5852 {
5853 if (expose_line (w, row, &r))
5854 mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1;
5855 }
5856
5857 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
5858 {
5859 /* Draw border between windows. */
5860 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
5861
5862 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5863 if (cursor_cleared_p)
5864 x_update_window_cursor (w, 1);
5865 }
5866 }
5867
5868 return mouse_face_overwritten_p;
5869 }
5870
5871 \f
5872 static void
5873 frame_highlight (f)
5874 struct frame *f;
5875 {
5876 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5877 }
5878
5879 static void
5880 frame_unhighlight (f)
5881 struct frame *f;
5882 {
5883 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5884 }
5885
5886 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5887 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5888 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5889 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5890 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5891
5892 static void
5893 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
5894 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5895 struct frame *frame;
5896 {
5897 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5898
5899 if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5900 {
5901 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5902 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */
5903 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame;
5904
5905 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
5906 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
5907
5908 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
5909 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5910 else
5911 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
5912 }
5913
5914 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
5915 }
5916
5917 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5918
5919 void
5920 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
5921 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5922 {
5923 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame);
5924 }
5925
5926 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5927 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5928 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
5929
5930 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
5931 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
5932 the appropriate X display info. */
5933
5934 static void
5935 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
5936 struct frame *frame;
5937 {
5938 if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame))
5939 return;
5940 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
5941 }
5942
5943 static void
5944 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
5945 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5946 {
5947 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame;
5948
5949 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5950 {
5951 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame
5952 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)))
5953 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))
5954 : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
5955 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame))
5956 {
5957 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
5958 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5959 }
5960 }
5961 else
5962 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
5963
5964 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
5965 {
5966 if (old_highlight)
5967 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
5968 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)
5969 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame);
5970 }
5971 }
5972 \f
5973 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
5974
5975 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
5976
5977 char *
5978 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
5979 int keysym;
5980 {
5981 /* Make static so we can always return it */
5982 static char value[100];
5983
5984 BLOCK_INPUT;
5985 GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100);
5986 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5987
5988 return value;
5989 }
5990
5991
5992 \f
5993 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
5994
5995 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
5996 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
5997 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
5998 not force the value into range. */
5999
6000 void
6001 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
6002 FRAME_PTR f;
6003 register int pix_x, pix_y;
6004 register int *x, *y;
6005 RECT *bounds;
6006 int noclip;
6007 {
6008 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
6009 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
6010 {
6011 *x = pix_x;
6012 *y = pix_y;
6013 return;
6014 }
6015
6016 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
6017 even for negative values. */
6018 if (pix_x < 0)
6019 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
6020 if (pix_y < 0)
6021 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
6022
6023 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
6024 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
6025
6026 if (bounds)
6027 {
6028 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
6029 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
6030 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
6031 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
6032 }
6033
6034 if (!noclip)
6035 {
6036 if (pix_x < 0)
6037 pix_x = 0;
6038 else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
6039 pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
6040
6041 if (pix_y < 0)
6042 pix_y = 0;
6043 else if (pix_y > f->height)
6044 pix_y = f->height;
6045 }
6046
6047 *x = pix_x;
6048 *y = pix_y;
6049 }
6050
6051
6052 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
6053 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
6054 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
6055 return 0. */
6056
6057 int
6058 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y)
6059 struct window *w;
6060 int hpos, vpos;
6061 int *frame_x, *frame_y;
6062 {
6063 int success_p;
6064
6065 xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w);
6066 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h);
6067
6068 if (display_completed)
6069 {
6070 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6071 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6072 struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]);
6073
6074 *frame_y = row->y;
6075 *frame_x = row->x;
6076 while (glyph < end)
6077 {
6078 *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width;
6079 ++glyph;
6080 }
6081
6082 success_p = 1;
6083 }
6084 else
6085 {
6086 *frame_y = *frame_x = 0;
6087 success_p = 0;
6088 }
6089
6090 *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y);
6091 *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x);
6092 return success_p;
6093 }
6094
6095 /* Parse a button MESSAGE. The button index is returned in PBUTTON, and
6096 the state in PUP. XBUTTON provides extra information for extended mouse
6097 button messages. Returns FALSE if unable to parse the message. */
6098 BOOL
6099 parse_button (message, xbutton, pbutton, pup)
6100 int message;
6101 int xbutton;
6102 int * pbutton;
6103 int * pup;
6104 {
6105 int button = 0;
6106 int up = 0;
6107
6108 switch (message)
6109 {
6110 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
6111 button = 0;
6112 up = 0;
6113 break;
6114 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
6115 button = 0;
6116 up = 1;
6117 break;
6118 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
6119 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6120 button = 1;
6121 else
6122 button = 2;
6123 up = 0;
6124 break;
6125 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
6126 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6127 button = 1;
6128 else
6129 button = 2;
6130 up = 1;
6131 break;
6132 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
6133 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6134 button = 2;
6135 else
6136 button = 1;
6137 up = 0;
6138 break;
6139 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
6140 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6141 button = 2;
6142 else
6143 button = 1;
6144 up = 1;
6145 break;
6146 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
6147 button = xbutton + 2;
6148 up = 0;
6149 break;
6150 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
6151 button = xbutton + 2;
6152 up = 1;
6153 break;
6154 default:
6155 return (FALSE);
6156 }
6157
6158 if (pup) *pup = up;
6159 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
6160
6161 return (TRUE);
6162 }
6163
6164
6165 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6166
6167 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6168 the mouse. */
6169
6170 static Lisp_Object
6171 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
6172 struct input_event *result;
6173 W32Msg *msg;
6174 struct frame *f;
6175 {
6176 int button;
6177 int up;
6178
6179 parse_button (msg->msg.message, HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam),
6180 &button, &up);
6181
6182 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
6183 otherwise. */
6184 result->kind = mouse_click;
6185 result->code = button;
6186 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6187 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
6188 | (up
6189 ? up_modifier
6190 : down_modifier));
6191
6192 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6193 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6194 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6195 result->arg = Qnil;
6196 return Qnil;
6197 }
6198
6199 static Lisp_Object
6200 construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f)
6201 struct input_event *result;
6202 W32Msg *msg;
6203 struct frame *f;
6204 {
6205 POINT p;
6206 result->kind = mouse_wheel;
6207 result->code = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
6208 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6209 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6210 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6211 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6212 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6213 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6214 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6215 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6216 result->arg = Qnil;
6217 return Qnil;
6218 }
6219
6220 static Lisp_Object
6221 construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f)
6222 struct input_event *result;
6223 W32Msg *msg;
6224 struct frame *f;
6225 {
6226 Lisp_Object files;
6227 Lisp_Object frame;
6228 HDROP hdrop;
6229 POINT p;
6230 WORD num_files;
6231 char *name;
6232 int i, len;
6233
6234 result->kind = drag_n_drop;
6235 result->code = 0;
6236 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6237 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6238
6239 hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam;
6240 DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p);
6241
6242 #if 0
6243 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6244 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6245 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6246 #endif
6247
6248 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6249 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6250
6251 num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0);
6252 files = Qnil;
6253
6254 for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
6255 {
6256 len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0);
6257 if (len <= 0)
6258 continue;
6259 name = alloca (len + 1);
6260 DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1);
6261 files = Fcons (build_string (name), files);
6262 }
6263
6264 DragFinish (hdrop);
6265
6266 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6267 result->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, files);
6268 result->arg = Qnil;
6269 return Qnil;
6270 }
6271
6272 \f
6273 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6274 The input handler calls this.
6275
6276 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6277 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6278 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6279 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6280
6281 static MSG last_mouse_motion_event;
6282 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
6283
6284 static void remember_mouse_glyph P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
6285
6286 static void
6287 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
6288 FRAME_PTR frame;
6289 MSG *msg;
6290 {
6291 int mouse_x = LOWORD (msg->lParam);
6292 int mouse_y = HIWORD (msg->lParam);
6293
6294 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
6295 memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event));
6296 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
6297
6298 #if 0 /* Calling Lisp asynchronously is not safe. */
6299 if (autoselect_window_p)
6300 {
6301 int area;
6302 Lisp_Object window;
6303 static Lisp_Object last_window;
6304
6305 window = window_from_coordinates (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y, &area, 0);
6306
6307 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6308 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6309 will be selected iff it is active. */
6310 if (!EQ (window, last_window)
6311 && !EQ (window, selected_window)
6312 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window))
6313 || (EQ (window, minibuf_window) && minibuf_level > 0)))
6314 Fselect_window (window);
6315
6316 last_window=window;
6317 }
6318 #endif
6319
6320 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame))
6321 {
6322 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6323 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6324 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
6325 }
6326
6327 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6328 else if (mouse_x < last_mouse_glyph.left
6329 || mouse_x > last_mouse_glyph.right
6330 || mouse_y < last_mouse_glyph.top
6331 || mouse_y > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
6332 {
6333 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6334 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6335 note_mouse_highlight (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y);
6336 /* Remember the mouse position here, as w32_mouse_position only
6337 gets called when mouse tracking is enabled but we also need
6338 to keep track of the mouse for help_echo and highlighting at
6339 other times. */
6340 remember_mouse_glyph (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y);
6341 }
6342 }
6343
6344 \f
6345 /************************************************************************
6346 Mouse Face
6347 ************************************************************************/
6348
6349 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6350 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6351 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6352 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6353 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6354 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6355 date. */
6356
6357 static struct glyph *
6358 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area, buffer_only_p)
6359 struct window *w;
6360 int x, y;
6361 int *hpos, *vpos, *area;
6362 int buffer_only_p;
6363 {
6364 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6365 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
6366 int x0, i, left_area_width;
6367
6368 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6369 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6370 {
6371 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
6372 if (!row->enabled_p)
6373 return NULL;
6374 if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row))
6375 break;
6376 }
6377
6378 *vpos = i;
6379 *hpos = 0;
6380
6381 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6382 if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows)
6383 return NULL;
6384
6385 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6386 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6387 {
6388 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6389 x0 = 0;
6390 }
6391 else
6392 {
6393 left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
6394 if (x < left_area_width)
6395 {
6396 *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
6397 x0 = 0;
6398 }
6399 else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA))
6400 {
6401 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6402 x0 = row->x + left_area_width;
6403 }
6404 else
6405 {
6406 *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
6407 x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
6408 }
6409 }
6410
6411 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6412 glyph = row->glyphs[*area];
6413 end = glyph + row->used[*area];
6414 while (glyph < end)
6415 {
6416 if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6417 {
6418 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6419 break;
6420 else if (!buffer_only_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object))
6421 break;
6422 }
6423
6424 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6425 ++glyph;
6426 }
6427
6428 if (glyph == end)
6429 return NULL;
6430
6431 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area];
6432 return glyph;
6433 }
6434
6435
6436 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6437 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6438
6439 static void
6440 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y)
6441 struct window *w;
6442 int *x, *y;
6443 {
6444 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6445 {
6446 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6447 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6448 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6449 *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
6450 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6451 }
6452 else
6453 {
6454 *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x);
6455 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6456 }
6457 }
6458
6459
6460 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of
6461 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6462 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6463 W, so the width of fringes and scroll bars must be subtracted
6464 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6465
6466 static void
6467 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p)
6468 struct window *w;
6469 int x, mode_line_p;
6470 {
6471 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6472 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6473 Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
6474 struct glyph_row *row;
6475
6476 if (mode_line_p)
6477 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6478 else
6479 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6480
6481 if (row->enabled_p)
6482 {
6483 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6484 Lisp_Object help, map;
6485 int x0;
6486
6487 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6488 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6489 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6490 x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
6491 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f));
6492
6493 while (glyph < end
6494 && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6495 {
6496 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6497 ++glyph;
6498 }
6499
6500 if (glyph < end
6501 && STRINGP (glyph->object)
6502 && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals
6503 && glyph->charpos >= 0
6504 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
6505 {
6506 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6507 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6508 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6509 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6510 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
6511 if (!NILP (help))
6512 {
6513 help_echo = help;
6514 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w);
6515 help_echo_object = glyph->object;
6516 help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos;
6517 }
6518
6519 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6520 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6521 Qlocal_map, glyph->object);
6522 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6523 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6524 else
6525 {
6526 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6527 Qkeymap, glyph->object);
6528 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6529 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6530 }
6531 }
6532 }
6533
6534 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6535 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor);
6536 #endif
6537 }
6538
6539
6540 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6541 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6542 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6543 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6544
6545 static void
6546 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
6547 struct frame *f;
6548 int x, y;
6549 {
6550 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6551 int portion;
6552 Lisp_Object window;
6553 struct window *w;
6554 struct buffer *b;
6555
6556 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6557 if (popup_activated ())
6558 return;
6559
6560 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight)
6561 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6562 return;
6563
6564 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
6565 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
6566 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
6567
6568 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer)
6569 return;
6570
6571 if (gc_in_progress)
6572 {
6573 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
6574 return;
6575 }
6576
6577 /* Which window is that in? */
6578 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1);
6579
6580 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6581 if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
6582 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6583
6584 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6585 if (!WINDOWP (window))
6586 return;
6587
6588 /* Reset help_echo. It will get recomputed below. */
6589 help_echo = Qnil;
6590
6591 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6592 w = XWINDOW (window);
6593 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6594
6595 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6596 buffer. */
6597 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
6598 {
6599 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y);
6600 return;
6601 }
6602
6603 /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */
6604 if (portion == 1 || portion == 3)
6605 {
6606 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1);
6607 return;
6608 }
6609 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6610 if (portion == 2)
6611 cursor = f->output_data.x->horizontal_drag_cursor;
6612 else
6613 cursor = f->output_data.x->text_cursor;
6614 #endif
6615 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6616 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6617 b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6618 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6619 portion == 0
6620 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
6621 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (b)
6622 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b))
6623 {
6624 int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area;
6625 struct glyph *glyph;
6626 Lisp_Object object;
6627 Lisp_Object mouse_face = Qnil, overlay = Qnil, position;
6628 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec = NULL;
6629 int len, noverlays;
6630 struct buffer *obuf;
6631 int obegv, ozv, same_region;
6632
6633 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6634 glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area, 0);
6635
6636 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6637 if (glyph == NULL
6638 || area != TEXT_AREA
6639 || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p)
6640 {
6641 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6642 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6643 goto set_cursor;
6644 }
6645
6646 pos = glyph->charpos;
6647 object = glyph->object;
6648 if (!STRINGP (object) && !BUFFERP (object))
6649 goto set_cursor;
6650
6651 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6652 if (BUFFERP (object) && pos > BUF_Z (b))
6653 goto set_cursor;
6654
6655 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6656 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6657 obuf = current_buffer;
6658 current_buffer = b;
6659 obegv = BEGV;
6660 ozv = ZV;
6661 BEGV = BEG;
6662 ZV = Z;
6663
6664 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6665 position = make_number (pos);
6666
6667 if (BUFFERP (object))
6668 {
6669 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6670 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6671 enough space for all, and try again. */
6672 len = 10;
6673 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6674 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0);
6675 if (noverlays > len)
6676 {
6677 len = noverlays;
6678 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6679 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0);
6680 }
6681
6682 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6683 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
6684 }
6685 else
6686 noverlays = 0;
6687
6688 same_region = (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6689 && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6690 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6691 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6692 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6693 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6694 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6695 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end));
6696
6697 /* TODO: if (same_region)
6698 mouse cursor */
6699
6700 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6701 if (! same_region
6702 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
6703 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
6704 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
6705 highlight that. */
6706 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)
6707 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)))
6708 {
6709 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
6710 property. */
6711 overlay = Qnil;
6712 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (overlay); --i)
6713 {
6714 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
6715 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
6716 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6717 }
6718
6719 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
6720 before, there's no need to do that again. */
6721 if (!NILP (overlay)
6722 && EQ (overlay, dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay))
6723 goto check_help_echo;
6724
6725 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = overlay;
6726
6727 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6728 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6729 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6730
6731 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6732 if (NILP (overlay))
6733 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, object);
6734
6735 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6736 if (!NILP (overlay))
6737 {
6738 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6739 should be active. */
6740 Lisp_Object before, after;
6741 int ignore;
6742
6743 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6744 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6745 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6746 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6747 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6748 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6749 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6750 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil);
6751
6752 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6753 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6754 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6755 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6756 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6757 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil);
6758 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6759
6760 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6761 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6762 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6763
6764 /* Display it as active. */
6765 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6766 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6767 }
6768 /* Handle the text property case. */
6769 else if (! NILP (mouse_face) && BUFFERP (object))
6770 {
6771 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6772 should be active. */
6773 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
6774 int ignore;
6775
6776 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
6777 end = make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object))
6778 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos));
6779 before
6780 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6781 Qmouse_face,
6782 object, beginning);
6783 after
6784 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6785 object, end);
6786
6787 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6788 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6789 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6790 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6791 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6792 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil);
6793 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6794 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6795 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6796 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6797 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6798 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil);
6799 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6800
6801 if (BUFFERP (object))
6802 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6803 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6804 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6805
6806 /* Display it as active. */
6807 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6808 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6809 }
6810 else if (!NILP (mouse_face) && STRINGP (object))
6811 {
6812 Lisp_Object b, e;
6813 int ignore;
6814
6815 b = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6816 Qmouse_face,
6817 object, Qnil);
6818 e = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6819 object, Qnil);
6820 if (NILP (b))
6821 b = make_number (0);
6822 if (NILP (e))
6823 e = make_number (XSTRING (object)->size - 1);
6824 fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (b), object,
6825 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6826 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6827 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6828 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, 0);
6829 fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (e), object,
6830 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6831 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6832 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6833 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, 1);
6834 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
6835 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6836 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6837 = face_at_string_position (w, object, pos, 0, 0, 0, &ignore,
6838 glyph->face_id, 1);
6839 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6840 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6841 }
6842 else if (STRINGP (object) && NILP (mouse_face))
6843 {
6844 /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but
6845 the text ``under'' it might have. */
6846 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6847 int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r);
6848
6849 pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start);
6850 if (pos > 0)
6851 mouse_face = get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos),
6852 Qmouse_face,
6853 w->buffer,
6854 &overlay);
6855 if (!NILP (mouse_face) && !NILP (overlay))
6856 {
6857 Lisp_Object before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6858 Lisp_Object after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6859 int ignore;
6860
6861 /* Note that we might not be able to find position
6862 BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is
6863 entirely covered by a `display' property. In
6864 this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in
6865 the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */
6866 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6867 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6868 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6869 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6870 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y,
6871 object);
6872
6873 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6874 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6875 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6876 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6877 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6878 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y,
6879 Qnil);
6880 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6881 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6882 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6883 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6884
6885 /* Display it as active. */
6886 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6887 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6888 }
6889 }
6890 }
6891
6892 check_help_echo:
6893
6894 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6895 {
6896 Lisp_Object help, overlay;
6897
6898 /* Check overlays first. */
6899 help = overlay = Qnil;
6900 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i)
6901 {
6902 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6903 help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo);
6904 }
6905
6906 if (!NILP (help))
6907 {
6908 help_echo = help;
6909 help_echo_window = window;
6910 help_echo_object = overlay;
6911 help_echo_pos = pos;
6912 }
6913 else
6914 {
6915 Lisp_Object object = glyph->object;
6916 int charpos = glyph->charpos;
6917
6918 /* Try text properties. */
6919 if (STRINGP (object)
6920 && charpos >= 0
6921 && charpos < XSTRING (object)->size)
6922 {
6923 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos),
6924 Qhelp_echo, object);
6925 if (NILP (help))
6926 {
6927 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
6928 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
6929 struct glyph_row *r
6930 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6931 int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r);
6932 int pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start);
6933 if (pos > 0)
6934 {
6935 help = Fget_char_property (make_number (pos),
6936 Qhelp_echo, w->buffer);
6937 if (!NILP (help))
6938 {
6939 charpos = pos;
6940 object = w->buffer;
6941 }
6942 }
6943 }
6944 }
6945 else if (BUFFERP (object)
6946 && charpos >= BEGV
6947 && charpos < ZV)
6948 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos), Qhelp_echo,
6949 object);
6950
6951 if (!NILP (help))
6952 {
6953 help_echo = help;
6954 help_echo_window = window;
6955 help_echo_object = object;
6956 help_echo_pos = charpos;
6957 }
6958 }
6959 }
6960
6961 BEGV = obegv;
6962 ZV = ozv;
6963 current_buffer = obuf;
6964 }
6965
6966 set_cursor:
6967 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6968 ;
6969 }
6970
6971 static void
6972 redo_mouse_highlight ()
6973 {
6974 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
6975 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
6976 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
6977 LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam),
6978 HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam));
6979 }
6980
6981
6982 \f
6983 /***********************************************************************
6984 Tool-bars
6985 ***********************************************************************/
6986
6987 static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int,
6988 struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *));
6989
6990 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
6991 or -1. */
6992
6993 static int last_tool_bar_item;
6994
6995
6996 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
6997 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
6998 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
6999 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
7000 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
7001
7002 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
7003 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
7004 1 otherwise. */
7005
7006 static int
7007 x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx)
7008 struct frame *f;
7009 int x, y;
7010 struct glyph **glyph;
7011 int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx;
7012 {
7013 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7014 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7015 int area;
7016
7017 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7018 *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area, 0);
7019 if (*glyph == NULL)
7020 return -1;
7021
7022 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
7023 f->tool_bar_items. */
7024 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx))
7025 return -1;
7026
7027 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
7028 if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
7029 && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
7030 && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
7031 && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
7032 || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
7033 && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
7034 || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
7035 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
7036 return 0;
7037
7038 return 1;
7039 }
7040
7041
7042 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
7043 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
7044 or ButtonRelase. */
7045
7046 static void
7047 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event)
7048 struct frame *f;
7049 struct input_event *button_event;
7050 {
7051 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7052 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7053 int hpos, vpos, prop_idx;
7054 struct glyph *glyph;
7055 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
7056 int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x);
7057 int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y);
7058
7059 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
7060 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
7061 if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0)
7062 return;
7063
7064 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
7065 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
7066 if (NILP (enabled_p))
7067 return;
7068
7069 if (button_event->modifiers & down_modifier)
7070 {
7071 /* Show item in pressed state. */
7072 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN);
7073 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN;
7074 last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx;
7075 }
7076 else
7077 {
7078 Lisp_Object key, frame;
7079 struct input_event event;
7080
7081 /* Show item in released state. */
7082 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED);
7083 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7084
7085 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY);
7086
7087 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7088 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
7089 event.frame_or_window = frame;
7090 event.arg = frame;
7091 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7092
7093 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
7094 event.frame_or_window = frame;
7095 event.arg = key;
7096 /* The keyboard buffer doesn't like the up modifier being set. */
7097 event.modifiers = button_event->modifiers & ~up_modifier;
7098 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7099 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
7100 }
7101 }
7102
7103
7104 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
7105 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
7106 note_mouse_highlight. */
7107
7108 static void
7109 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y)
7110 struct frame *f;
7111 int x, y;
7112 {
7113 Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window;
7114 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7115 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7116 int hpos, vpos;
7117 struct glyph *glyph;
7118 struct glyph_row *row;
7119 int i;
7120 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
7121 int prop_idx;
7122 enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7123 int mouse_down_p, rc;
7124
7125 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
7126 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
7127 if (x <= 0 || y <= 0)
7128 {
7129 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7130 return;
7131 }
7132
7133 rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx);
7134 if (rc < 0)
7135 {
7136 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
7137 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7138 return;
7139 }
7140 else if (rc == 0)
7141 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
7142 goto set_help_echo;
7143
7144 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7145
7146 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
7147 mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed
7148 && f == last_mouse_frame
7149 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f));
7150 if (mouse_down_p
7151 && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx)
7152 return;
7153
7154 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
7155 draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7156
7157 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
7158 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
7159 if (!NILP (enabled_p))
7160 {
7161 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
7162 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
7163 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
7164 for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i)
7165 x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
7166
7167 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7168 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos;
7169 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos;
7170 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x;
7171 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y;
7172 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
7173
7174 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1;
7175 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos;
7176 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
7177 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y;
7178 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
7179 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID;
7180
7181 /* Display it as active. */
7182 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw);
7183 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw;
7184 }
7185
7186 set_help_echo:
7187
7188 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
7189 w32_read_socket does the rest. */
7190 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
7191 help_echo_pos = -1;
7192 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP);
7193 if (NILP (help_echo))
7194 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION);
7195 }
7196
7197
7198 \f
7199 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window
7200 *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
7201 current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window
7202 start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end
7203 of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs
7204 having STOP as object. */
7205
7206 #if 0 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct
7207 in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install
7208 it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed
7209 in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install
7210 so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */
7211
7212 static int
7213 fast_find_position (w, charpos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop)
7214 struct window *w;
7215 int charpos;
7216 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7217 Lisp_Object stop;
7218 {
7219 struct glyph_row *row, *first;
7220 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
7221 int i, past_end = 0;
7222
7223 first = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7224 row = row_containing_pos (w, charpos, first, NULL, 0);
7225 if (row == NULL)
7226 {
7227 if (charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first))
7228 {
7229 *x = *y = *hpos = *vpos = 0;
7230 return 0;
7231 }
7232 else
7233 {
7234 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
7235 past_end = 1;
7236 }
7237 }
7238
7239 *x = row->x;
7240 *y = row->y;
7241 *vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix);
7242
7243 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7244 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7245
7246 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7247 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7248 frames. */
7249 if (row->displays_text_p)
7250 while (glyph < end
7251 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
7252 && !EQ (stop, glyph->object)
7253 && glyph->charpos < 0)
7254 {
7255 *x += glyph->pixel_width;
7256 ++glyph;
7257 }
7258
7259 while (glyph < end
7260 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
7261 && !EQ (stop, glyph->object)
7262 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
7263 || glyph->charpos < charpos))
7264 {
7265 *x += glyph->pixel_width;
7266 ++glyph;
7267 }
7268
7269 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7270 return past_end;
7271 }
7272
7273 #else /* not 0 */
7274
7275 static int
7276 fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop)
7277 struct window *w;
7278 int pos;
7279 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7280 Lisp_Object stop;
7281 {
7282 int i;
7283 int lastcol;
7284 int maybe_next_line_p = 0;
7285 int line_start_position;
7286 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
7287 struct glyph_row *row, *best_row;
7288 int row_vpos, best_row_vpos;
7289 int current_x;
7290
7291 row = best_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7292 row_vpos = best_row_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix);
7293
7294 while (row->y < yb)
7295 {
7296 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
7297 line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos;
7298 else
7299 line_start_position = 0;
7300
7301 if (line_start_position > pos)
7302 break;
7303 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
7304 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
7305 else if (line_start_position == pos
7306 && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7307 {
7308 maybe_next_line_p = 1;
7309 break;
7310 }
7311 else if (line_start_position > 0)
7312 {
7313 best_row = row;
7314 best_row_vpos = row_vpos;
7315 }
7316
7317 if (row->y + row->height >= yb)
7318 break;
7319
7320 ++row;
7321 ++row_vpos;
7322 }
7323
7324 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
7325 lastcol = 0;
7326 current_x = best_row->x;
7327 for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++)
7328 {
7329 struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
7330 int charpos = glyph->charpos;
7331
7332 if (BUFFERP (glyph->object))
7333 {
7334 if (charpos == pos)
7335 {
7336 *hpos = i;
7337 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
7338 *x = current_x;
7339 *y = best_row->y;
7340 return 1;
7341 }
7342 else if (charpos > pos)
7343 break;
7344 }
7345 else if (EQ (glyph->object, stop))
7346 break;
7347
7348 if (charpos > 0)
7349 lastcol = i;
7350 current_x += glyph->pixel_width;
7351 }
7352
7353 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
7354 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
7355 use the start of the following line. */
7356 if (maybe_next_line_p)
7357 {
7358 ++best_row;
7359 ++best_row_vpos;
7360 lastcol = 0;
7361 current_x = best_row->x;
7362 }
7363
7364 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
7365 *hpos = lastcol + 1;
7366 *x = current_x;
7367 *y = best_row->y;
7368 return 0;
7369 }
7370
7371 #endif /* not 0 */
7372
7373
7374 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
7375 window W's current matrix, and return in *X/*Y the pixel
7376 coordinates, and return in *HPOS/*VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
7377
7378 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
7379 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
7380
7381 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
7382 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
7383 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
7384 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
7385 next larger position in OBJECT.
7386
7387 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
7388
7389 static int
7390 fast_find_string_pos (w, pos, object, hpos, vpos, x, y, right_p)
7391 struct window *w;
7392 int pos;
7393 Lisp_Object object;
7394 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7395 int right_p;
7396 {
7397 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
7398 struct glyph_row *r;
7399 struct glyph *best_glyph = NULL;
7400 struct glyph_row *best_row = NULL;
7401 int best_x = 0;
7402
7403 for (r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7404 r->enabled_p && r->y < yb;
7405 ++r)
7406 {
7407 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7408 struct glyph *e = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
7409 int gx;
7410
7411 for (gx = r->x; g < e; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
7412 if (EQ (g->object, object))
7413 {
7414 if (g->charpos == pos)
7415 {
7416 best_glyph = g;
7417 best_x = gx;
7418 best_row = r;
7419 goto found;
7420 }
7421 else if (best_glyph == NULL
7422 || ((abs (g->charpos - pos)
7423 < abs (best_glyph->charpos - pos))
7424 && (right_p
7425 ? g->charpos < pos
7426 : g->charpos > pos)))
7427 {
7428 best_glyph = g;
7429 best_x = gx;
7430 best_row = r;
7431 }
7432 }
7433 }
7434
7435 found:
7436
7437 if (best_glyph)
7438 {
7439 *x = best_x;
7440 *hpos = best_glyph - best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7441
7442 if (right_p)
7443 {
7444 *x += best_glyph->pixel_width;
7445 ++*hpos;
7446 }
7447
7448 *y = best_row->y;
7449 *vpos = best_row - w->current_matrix->rows;
7450 }
7451
7452 return best_glyph != NULL;
7453 }
7454
7455
7456 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
7457 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
7458
7459 static void
7460 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw)
7461 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7462 enum draw_glyphs_face draw;
7463 {
7464 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
7465 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7466
7467 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7468 to do anything. */
7469 w->current_matrix != NULL
7470 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
7471 && (draw != DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
7472 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7473 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7474 && dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row < w->current_matrix->nrows)
7475 {
7476 int phys_cursor_on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p;
7477 struct glyph_row *row, *first, *last;
7478
7479 first = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row);
7480 last = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row);
7481
7482 for (row = first; row <= last && row->enabled_p; ++row)
7483 {
7484 int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x;
7485
7486 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7487 if (row == first)
7488 {
7489 start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col;
7490 start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x;
7491 }
7492 else
7493 {
7494 start_hpos = 0;
7495 start_x = 0;
7496 }
7497
7498 if (row == last)
7499 end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col;
7500 else
7501 end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7502
7503 if (end_hpos > start_hpos)
7504 {
7505 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA,
7506 start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, 0);
7507
7508 row->mouse_face_p
7509 = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || draw == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7510 }
7511 }
7512
7513 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
7514 be displayed again. */
7515 if (phys_cursor_on_p && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
7516 x_display_cursor (w, 1,
7517 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos,
7518 w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y);
7519 }
7520
7521 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
7522 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7523 if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
7524 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7525 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
7526 else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
7527 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7528 f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
7529 else
7530 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7531 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
7532 #endif
7533 }
7534
7535 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7536 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
7537
7538 static int
7539 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
7540 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7541 {
7542 int cleared = 0;
7543
7544 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7545 {
7546 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT);
7547 cleared = 1;
7548 }
7549
7550 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7551 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7552 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7553 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
7554 return cleared;
7555 }
7556
7557
7558 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7559 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7560 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7561
7562 static void
7563 x_clear_mouse_face (w)
7564 struct window *w;
7565 {
7566 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
7567 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
7568 Lisp_Object window;
7569
7570 BLOCK_INPUT;
7571 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
7572 if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7573 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7574 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7575 }
7576
7577
7578 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7579 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7580
7581 void
7582 cancel_mouse_face (f)
7583 FRAME_PTR f;
7584 {
7585 Lisp_Object window;
7586 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7587
7588 window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window;
7589 if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f)
7590 {
7591 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7592 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7593 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7594 }
7595 }
7596 \f
7597 static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
7598 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
7599 static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *));
7600 static void x_check_fullscreen_move P_ ((struct frame *));
7601 static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, RECT *));
7602
7603
7604 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
7605 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
7606 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
7607 values. */
7608
7609 static int
7610 glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect)
7611 struct frame *f;
7612 int x, y;
7613 RECT *rect;
7614 {
7615 Lisp_Object window;
7616 int part;
7617
7618 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &part, 0);
7619 if (!NILP (window))
7620 {
7621 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7622 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7623 struct glyph_row *end = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1;
7624
7625 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
7626
7627 for (; r < end && r->enabled_p; ++r)
7628 if (r->y <= y && r->y + r->height > y)
7629 {
7630 /* Found the row at y. */
7631 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7632 struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
7633 int gx;
7634
7635 rect->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y);
7636 rect->bottom = rect->top + r->height;
7637
7638 if (x < r->x)
7639 {
7640 /* x is to the left of the first glyph in the row. */
7641 rect->left = XINT (w->left);
7642 rect->right = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, r->x);
7643 return 1;
7644 }
7645
7646 for (gx = r->x; g < end; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
7647 if (gx <= x && gx + g->pixel_width > x)
7648 {
7649 /* x is on a glyph. */
7650 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
7651 rect->right = rect->left + g->pixel_width;
7652 return 1;
7653 }
7654
7655 /* x is to the right of the last glyph in the row. */
7656 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
7657 rect->right = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width);
7658 return 1;
7659 }
7660 }
7661
7662 /* The y is not on any row. */
7663 return 0;
7664 }
7665
7666 /* Record the position of the mouse in last_mouse_glyph. */
7667 static void
7668 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, gx, gy)
7669 struct frame * f1;
7670 int gx, gy;
7671 {
7672 if (!glyph_rect (f1, gx, gy, &last_mouse_glyph))
7673 {
7674 int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
7675 int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
7676
7677 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7678 round down even for negative values. */
7679 if (gx < 0)
7680 gx -= width - 1;
7681 if (gy < 0)
7682 gy -= height - 1;
7683 #if 0
7684 /* This was the original code from XTmouse_position, but it seems
7685 to give the position of the glyph diagonally next to the one
7686 the mouse is over. */
7687 gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width;
7688 gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height;
7689 #else
7690 gx = gx / width * width;
7691 gy = gy / height * height;
7692 #endif
7693
7694 last_mouse_glyph.left = gx;
7695 last_mouse_glyph.top = gy;
7696 last_mouse_glyph.right = gx + width;
7697 last_mouse_glyph.bottom = gy + height;
7698 }
7699 }
7700
7701 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7702 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7703
7704 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
7705 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7706 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7707 position on the scroll bar.
7708
7709 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
7710 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
7711 the mouse is over.
7712
7713 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7714 was at this position.
7715
7716 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7717
7718 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7719 movement. */
7720
7721 static void
7722 w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
7723 FRAME_PTR *fp;
7724 int insist;
7725 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
7726 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
7727 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
7728 unsigned long *time;
7729 {
7730 FRAME_PTR f1;
7731
7732 BLOCK_INPUT;
7733
7734 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
7735 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
7736 else
7737 {
7738 POINT pt;
7739
7740 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
7741
7742 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7743 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7744 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
7745
7746 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7747
7748 GetCursorPos (&pt);
7749
7750 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7751 containing the pointer. */
7752 {
7753 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
7754 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
7755 {
7756 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7757 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7758 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
7759 }
7760 else
7761 {
7762 /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */
7763 f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp),
7764 WindowFromPoint (pt));
7765 }
7766
7767 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7768 if (! f1)
7769 {
7770 struct scroll_bar *bar
7771 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt));
7772
7773 if (bar)
7774 {
7775 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7776 }
7777 }
7778
7779 if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
7780 f1 = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7781
7782 if (f1)
7783 {
7784 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7785 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7786 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7787 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7788 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7789 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7790 the frame are divided into. */
7791
7792 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7793 int ignore1, ignore2;
7794
7795 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7796
7797 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
7798 &last_mouse_glyph,
7799 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
7800 || insist);
7801 #else
7802 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7803 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, pt.x, pt.y);
7804 #endif
7805
7806 *bar_window = Qnil;
7807 *part = 0;
7808 *fp = f1;
7809 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
7810 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
7811 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
7812 }
7813 }
7814 }
7815
7816 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7817 }
7818
7819 \f
7820 /* Scroll bar support. */
7821
7822 /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7823 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7824 bits. */
7825
7826 static struct scroll_bar *
7827 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
7828 Window window_id;
7829 {
7830 Lisp_Object tail;
7831
7832 for (tail = Vframe_list;
7833 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
7834 tail = XCDR (tail))
7835 {
7836 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
7837
7838 frame = XCAR (tail);
7839 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7840 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
7841 abort ();
7842
7843 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7844 right window ID. */
7845 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7846 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7847 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7848 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7849 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
7850 condemned = Qnil,
7851 ! GC_NILP (bar));
7852 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7853 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
7854 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
7855 }
7856
7857 return 0;
7858 }
7859
7860
7861 \f
7862 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7863 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7864
7865 static void
7866 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
7867 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7868 int portion, position, whole;
7869 {
7870 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7871 double range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7872 int sb_page, sb_pos;
7873 BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE;
7874
7875 if (whole)
7876 {
7877 /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the
7878 buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away
7879 to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */
7880 if (position + portion >= whole)
7881 {
7882 sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole
7883 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7884 sb_pos = range;
7885 }
7886
7887 sb_page = portion * range / whole + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7888 sb_pos = position * range / whole;
7889 }
7890 else
7891 {
7892 sb_page = range;
7893 sb_pos = 0;
7894 }
7895
7896 BLOCK_INPUT;
7897
7898 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7899 {
7900 SCROLLINFO si;
7901
7902 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7903 /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce
7904 flicker effects. */
7905 if (draggingp)
7906 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
7907 else
7908 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
7909 si.nPage = sb_page;
7910 si.nPos = sb_pos;
7911
7912 pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, !draggingp);
7913 }
7914 else
7915 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, sb_pos, !draggingp);
7916
7917 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7918 }
7919
7920 \f
7921 /************************************************************************
7922 Scroll bars, general
7923 ************************************************************************/
7924
7925 HWND
7926 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
7927 struct frame * f;
7928 struct scroll_bar * bar;
7929 {
7930 return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7931 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
7932 (LPARAM) bar);
7933 }
7934
7935 /*#define ATTACH_THREADS*/
7936
7937 BOOL
7938 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how)
7939 {
7940 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7941 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW,
7942 (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how);
7943 #else
7944 return ShowWindow (hwnd, how);
7945 #endif
7946 }
7947
7948 void
7949 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter,
7950 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags)
7951 {
7952 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7953 WINDOWPOS pos;
7954 pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter;
7955 pos.x = x;
7956 pos.y = y;
7957 pos.cx = cx;
7958 pos.cy = cy;
7959 pos.flags = flags;
7960 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0);
7961 #else
7962 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags);
7963 #endif
7964 }
7965
7966 void
7967 my_set_focus (f, hwnd)
7968 struct frame * f;
7969 HWND hwnd;
7970 {
7971 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS,
7972 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7973 }
7974
7975 void
7976 my_set_foreground_window (hwnd)
7977 HWND hwnd;
7978 {
7979 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7980 }
7981
7982 void
7983 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
7984 struct frame * f;
7985 HWND hwnd;
7986 {
7987 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
7988 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7989 }
7990
7991 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
7992 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
7993 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
7994 scroll bar. */
7995
7996 static struct scroll_bar *
7997 x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
7998 struct window *w;
7999 int top, left, width, height;
8000 {
8001 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
8002 HWND hwnd;
8003 struct scroll_bar *bar
8004 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
8005
8006 BLOCK_INPUT;
8007
8008 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
8009 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
8010 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
8011 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
8012 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
8013 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
8014 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
8015 bar->dragging = Qnil;
8016
8017 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
8018
8019 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
8020
8021 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8022 {
8023 SCROLLINFO si;
8024
8025 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8026 si.fMask = SIF_ALL;
8027 si.nMin = 0;
8028 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
8029 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8030 si.nPage = si.nMax;
8031 si.nPos = 0;
8032
8033 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8034 }
8035 else
8036 {
8037 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
8038 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
8039 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE);
8040 }
8041
8042 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
8043
8044 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
8045 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8046 bar->prev = Qnil;
8047 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
8048 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8049 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
8050
8051 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8052
8053 return bar;
8054 }
8055
8056
8057 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
8058 nil. */
8059
8060 static void
8061 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
8062 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8063 {
8064 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
8065
8066 BLOCK_INPUT;
8067
8068 /* Destroy the window. */
8069 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar));
8070
8071 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
8072 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8073
8074 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8075 }
8076
8077 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
8078 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
8079 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
8080 create one. */
8081 static void
8082 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
8083 struct window *w;
8084 int portion, whole, position;
8085 {
8086 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8087 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8088 int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width;
8089 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
8090
8091 /* Get window dimensions. */
8092 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
8093 top = window_y;
8094 width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8095 height = window_height;
8096
8097 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
8098 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
8099 left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f);
8100 else
8101 left = XFASTINT (w->left);
8102 left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8103 left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
8104
8105 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
8106 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
8107 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0)
8108 sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
8109 else
8110 sb_width = width;
8111
8112 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
8113 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
8114 sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2;
8115 else
8116 sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2;
8117
8118 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
8119 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
8120 {
8121 HDC hdc;
8122 BLOCK_INPUT;
8123 if (width > 0 && height > 0)
8124 {
8125 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8126 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height);
8127 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8128 }
8129 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8130
8131 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height);
8132 }
8133 else
8134 {
8135 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
8136 HWND hwnd;
8137
8138 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
8139 hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
8140
8141 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
8142 if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left
8143 && XINT (bar->top) == top
8144 && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width
8145 && XINT (bar->height) == height )
8146 {
8147 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */
8148 if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL))
8149 InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE);
8150 }
8151 else
8152 {
8153 HDC hdc;
8154 BLOCK_INPUT;
8155 if (width && height)
8156 {
8157 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8158 /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
8159 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
8160 w32_clear_area (f, hdc,
8161 left,
8162 top,
8163 width,
8164 height);
8165 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8166 }
8167 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the
8168 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */
8169 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE);
8170 MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
8171 top, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
8172 max (height, 1), TRUE);
8173 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8174 {
8175 SCROLLINFO si;
8176
8177 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8178 si.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
8179 si.nMin = 0;
8180 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
8181 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8182
8183 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8184 }
8185 else
8186 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
8187 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
8188 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL);
8189 /* InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); */
8190
8191 /* Remember new settings. */
8192 XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
8193 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
8194 XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
8195 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
8196
8197 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8198 }
8199 }
8200 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
8201
8202 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
8203 }
8204
8205
8206 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
8207 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
8208 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
8209 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
8210 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
8211 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
8212 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
8213
8214 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
8215 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
8216 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
8217
8218 static void
8219 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
8220 FRAME_PTR frame;
8221 {
8222 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
8223 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
8224 {
8225 Lisp_Object bar;
8226 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
8227 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
8228 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
8229 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
8230 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
8231 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
8232 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
8233 }
8234 }
8235
8236
8237 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
8238 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
8239
8240 static void
8241 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
8242 struct window *window;
8243 {
8244 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8245 struct frame *f;
8246
8247 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
8248 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8249 abort ();
8250
8251 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
8252
8253 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
8254 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
8255 if (NILP (bar->prev))
8256 {
8257 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
8258 the lists. */
8259 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8260 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
8261 return;
8262 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
8263 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8264 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
8265 else
8266 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
8267 one or the other! */
8268 abort ();
8269 }
8270 else
8271 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
8272
8273 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8274 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
8275
8276 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8277 bar->prev = Qnil;
8278 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
8279 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8280 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
8281 }
8282
8283 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
8284 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
8285
8286 static void
8287 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
8288 FRAME_PTR f;
8289 {
8290 Lisp_Object bar, next;
8291
8292 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8293
8294 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
8295 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
8296 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
8297
8298 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
8299 {
8300 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
8301
8302 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
8303
8304 next = b->next;
8305 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
8306 }
8307
8308 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
8309 and they should get garbage-collected. */
8310 }
8311
8312 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
8313 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
8314
8315 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
8316 mark bits. */
8317
8318 static int
8319 w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
8320 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8321 W32Msg *msg;
8322 struct input_event *emacs_event;
8323 {
8324 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
8325 abort ();
8326
8327 emacs_event->kind = w32_scroll_bar_click;
8328 emacs_event->code = 0;
8329 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
8330 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
8331 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
8332 emacs_event->arg = Qnil;
8333 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
8334
8335 {
8336 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
8337 int y;
8338 int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging);
8339
8340 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
8341 {
8342 SCROLLINFO si;
8343
8344 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8345 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
8346
8347 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si);
8348 y = si.nPos;
8349 }
8350 else
8351 y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
8352
8353 bar->dragging = Qnil;
8354
8355
8356 last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam;
8357
8358 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
8359 {
8360 case SB_LINEDOWN:
8361 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
8362 break;
8363 case SB_LINEUP:
8364 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
8365 break;
8366 case SB_PAGEUP:
8367 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
8368 break;
8369 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
8370 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
8371 break;
8372 case SB_TOP:
8373 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8374 y = 0;
8375 break;
8376 case SB_BOTTOM:
8377 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8378 y = top_range;
8379 break;
8380 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
8381 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
8382 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
8383 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
8384 bar->dragging = Qt;
8385 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8386
8387 /* "Silently" update current position. */
8388 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8389 {
8390 SCROLLINFO si;
8391
8392 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8393 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
8394 si.nPos = y;
8395 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real
8396 position, so don't set that directly. */
8397 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y;
8398
8399 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8400 }
8401 else
8402 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE);
8403 break;
8404 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
8405 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll
8406 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do
8407 nothing. */
8408 if (dragging)
8409 {
8410 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8411 {
8412 SCROLLINFO si;
8413 int start = XINT (bar->start);
8414 int end = XINT (bar->end);
8415
8416 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8417 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
8418 si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8419 si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
8420 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
8421 }
8422 else
8423 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE);
8424 }
8425 /* fall through */
8426 default:
8427 emacs_event->kind = no_event;
8428 return FALSE;
8429 }
8430
8431 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
8432 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
8433
8434 return TRUE;
8435 }
8436 }
8437
8438 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
8439 on the scroll bar. */
8440
8441 static void
8442 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
8443 FRAME_PTR *fp;
8444 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
8445 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
8446 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
8447 unsigned long *time;
8448 {
8449 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
8450 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
8451 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
8452 int pos;
8453 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
8454
8455 BLOCK_INPUT;
8456
8457 *fp = f;
8458 *bar_window = bar->window;
8459
8460 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
8461 {
8462 SCROLLINFO si;
8463
8464 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8465 si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE;
8466
8467 pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si);
8468 pos = si.nPos;
8469 top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1;
8470 }
8471 else
8472 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
8473
8474 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
8475 {
8476 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
8477 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
8478 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8479 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
8480 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
8481 break;
8482 case SB_LINEDOWN:
8483 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8484 pos++;
8485 break;
8486 default:
8487 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8488 break;
8489 }
8490
8491 XSETINT (*x, pos);
8492 XSETINT (*y, top_range);
8493
8494 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8495 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8496
8497 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
8498
8499 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8500 }
8501
8502
8503 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
8504 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
8505 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
8506 redraw them. */
8507
8508 void
8509 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
8510 FRAME_PTR f;
8511 {
8512 Lisp_Object bar;
8513
8514 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
8515 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
8516 But in that case we should not clear them. */
8517 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
8518 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
8519 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
8520 {
8521 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
8522 HDC hdc = GetDC (window);
8523 RECT rect;
8524
8525 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move
8526 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */
8527 my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE);
8528
8529 GetClientRect (window, &rect);
8530 select_palette (f, hdc);
8531 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
8532 deselect_palette (f, hdc);
8533
8534 ReleaseDC (window, hdc);
8535 }
8536 }
8537
8538 \f
8539 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
8540
8541 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
8542 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
8543
8544 static int temp_index;
8545 static short temp_buffer[100];
8546
8547
8548 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell.
8549 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
8550 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8551
8552 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
8553 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
8554 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8555 thus pretending to be `read'.
8556
8557 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
8558
8559 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
8560 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return
8561 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
8562 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
8563 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
8564 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called
8565 recursively with different messages by the system.
8566 */
8567
8568 int
8569 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
8570 register int sd;
8571 /* register */ struct input_event *bufp;
8572 /* register */ int numchars;
8573 int expected;
8574 {
8575 int count = 0;
8576 int check_visibility = 0;
8577 W32Msg msg;
8578 struct frame *f;
8579 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
8580
8581 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
8582 {
8583 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
8584 return -1;
8585 }
8586
8587 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
8588 BLOCK_INPUT;
8589
8590 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
8591 input_signal_count++;
8592
8593 if (numchars <= 0)
8594 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
8595
8596 /* TODO: tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse
8597 cursors. */
8598 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
8599 {
8600 switch (msg.msg.message)
8601 {
8602 case WM_PAINT:
8603 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8604
8605 if (f)
8606 {
8607 if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left ||
8608 msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top)
8609 {
8610 /* We may get paint messages even though the client
8611 area is clipped - these are not expose events. */
8612 DebPrint (("clipped frame %p (%s) got WM_PAINT - ignored\n", f,
8613 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8614 }
8615 else if (f->async_visible != 1)
8616 {
8617 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */
8618 f->async_visible = 1;
8619 f->async_iconified = 0;
8620 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8621 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) reexposed by WM_PAINT\n", f,
8622 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8623
8624 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report
8625 visibility changes properly. */
8626 if (f->iconified)
8627 {
8628 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
8629 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8630 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8631 bufp++;
8632 count++;
8633 numchars--;
8634 }
8635 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
8636 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
8637 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
8638 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
8639 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8640 }
8641 else
8642 {
8643 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8644
8645 /* Erase background again for safety. */
8646 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect);
8647 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8648 expose_frame (f,
8649 msg.rect.left,
8650 msg.rect.top,
8651 msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left,
8652 msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top);
8653 }
8654 }
8655 break;
8656
8657 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
8658 /* Generate a language change event. */
8659 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8660
8661 if (f)
8662 {
8663 if (numchars == 0)
8664 abort ();
8665
8666 bufp->kind = language_change_event;
8667 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8668 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8669 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8670 bufp->modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff;
8671 bufp++;
8672 count++;
8673 numchars--;
8674 }
8675 break;
8676
8677 case WM_KEYDOWN:
8678 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
8679 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8680
8681 if (f && !f->iconified)
8682 {
8683 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
8684 {
8685 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
8686 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8687 }
8688
8689 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8690 temp_index = 0;
8691 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8692 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
8693 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8694 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8695 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8696 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8697 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8698 bufp++;
8699 numchars--;
8700 count++;
8701 }
8702 break;
8703
8704 case WM_SYSCHAR:
8705 case WM_CHAR:
8706 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8707
8708 if (f && !f->iconified)
8709 {
8710 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
8711 {
8712 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
8713 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8714 }
8715
8716 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8717 temp_index = 0;
8718 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8719 bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke;
8720 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8721 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8722 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8723 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8724 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8725 bufp++;
8726 numchars--;
8727 count++;
8728 }
8729 break;
8730
8731 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
8732 previous_help_echo = help_echo;
8733 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
8734 help_echo_pos = -1;
8735
8736 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8737 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8738 f = last_mouse_frame;
8739 else
8740 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8741
8742 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
8743 {
8744 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
8745 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8746 }
8747
8748 if (f)
8749 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
8750 else
8751 {
8752 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8753 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8754 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8755 }
8756
8757 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
8758 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8759 if (help_echo != previous_help_echo)
8760 {
8761 Lisp_Object frame;
8762 int n;
8763
8764 if (f)
8765 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8766 else
8767 frame = Qnil;
8768
8769 any_help_event_p = 1;
8770 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame,
8771 help_echo_window, help_echo_object,
8772 help_echo_pos);
8773 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
8774 }
8775 break;
8776
8777 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
8778 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
8779 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
8780 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
8781 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
8782 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
8783 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
8784 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
8785 {
8786 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8787 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8788 struct input_event emacs_event;
8789 int tool_bar_p = 0;
8790 int button;
8791 int up;
8792
8793 emacs_event.kind = no_event;
8794
8795 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8796 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8797 f = last_mouse_frame;
8798 else
8799 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8800
8801 if (f)
8802 {
8803 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &msg, f);
8804
8805 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8806 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8807 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height))
8808 {
8809 Lisp_Object window;
8810 int p, x, y;
8811
8812 x = XFASTINT (emacs_event.x);
8813 y = XFASTINT (emacs_event.y);
8814
8815 /* Set x and y. */
8816 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &p, 1);
8817
8818 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
8819 {
8820 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &emacs_event);
8821 tool_bar_p = 1;
8822 }
8823 }
8824
8825 if (!tool_bar_p)
8826 if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8827 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8828 && (numchars >= 1))
8829 {
8830 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
8831 bufp++;
8832 count++;
8833 numchars--;
8834 }
8835 }
8836
8837 parse_button (msg.msg.message, HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam),
8838 &button, &up);
8839
8840 if (up)
8841 {
8842 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
8843 }
8844 else
8845 {
8846 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
8847 last_mouse_frame = f;
8848 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
8849 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
8850 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
8851 the ButtonPress. */
8852 if (f != 0)
8853 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8854
8855 if (!tool_bar_p)
8856 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
8857 }
8858 break;
8859 }
8860
8861 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
8862 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8863 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8864 f = last_mouse_frame;
8865 else
8866 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8867
8868 if (f)
8869 {
8870 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8871 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8872 && (numchars >= 1))
8873 {
8874 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
8875 bufp++;
8876 count++;
8877 numchars--;
8878 }
8879 }
8880 break;
8881
8882 case WM_DROPFILES:
8883 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8884
8885 if (f)
8886 {
8887 construct_drag_n_drop (bufp, &msg, f);
8888 bufp++;
8889 count++;
8890 numchars--;
8891 }
8892 break;
8893
8894 case WM_VSCROLL:
8895 {
8896 struct scroll_bar *bar =
8897 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
8898
8899 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
8900 {
8901 if (w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp))
8902 {
8903 bufp++;
8904 count++;
8905 numchars--;
8906 }
8907 }
8908 break;
8909 }
8910
8911 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
8912 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8913 if (f)
8914 {
8915 x_check_fullscreen_move(f);
8916 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT)
8917 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen &=
8918 ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT|FULLSCREEN_BOTH);
8919 }
8920 check_visibility = 1;
8921 break;
8922
8923 case WM_ACTIVATE:
8924 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
8925 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8926 if (f)
8927 x_check_fullscreen (f);
8928 check_visibility = 1;
8929 break;
8930
8931 case WM_MOVE:
8932 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8933
8934 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
8935 {
8936 int x, y;
8937
8938 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
8939 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
8940 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
8941 }
8942
8943 check_visibility = 1;
8944 break;
8945
8946 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
8947 /* wParam non-zero means Window is about to be shown, 0 means
8948 about to be hidden. */
8949 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
8950 if (!msg.msg.wParam && msg.msg.hwnd == tip_window)
8951 {
8952 tip_window = NULL;
8953 redo_mouse_highlight ();
8954 }
8955
8956 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window
8957 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck
8958 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own
8959 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */
8960 #if 0
8961 if (msg.msg.lParam != 0)
8962 check_visibility = 1;
8963 else
8964 {
8965 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8966 f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam;
8967 }
8968 #endif
8969
8970 check_visibility = 1;
8971 break;
8972
8973 case WM_SIZE:
8974 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8975
8976 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */
8977 if (f)
8978 {
8979 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
8980 {
8981 case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
8982 f->async_visible = 0;
8983 f->async_iconified = 1;
8984
8985 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
8986 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8987 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8988 bufp++;
8989 count++;
8990 numchars--;
8991 break;
8992
8993 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
8994 case SIZE_RESTORED:
8995 f->async_visible = 1;
8996 f->async_iconified = 0;
8997
8998 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
8999 the frame's display structures. */
9000 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9001
9002 if (f->iconified)
9003 {
9004 int x, y;
9005
9006 /* Reset top and left positions of the Window
9007 here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message
9008 BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized
9009 when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000
9010 as the co-ords. */
9011 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
9012 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
9013 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
9014
9015 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
9016 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9017 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9018 bufp++;
9019 count++;
9020 numchars--;
9021 }
9022 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
9023 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
9024 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
9025 to update the frame titles
9026 in case this is the second frame. */
9027 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9028 break;
9029 }
9030 }
9031
9032 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
9033 {
9034 RECT rect;
9035 int rows;
9036 int columns;
9037 int width;
9038 int height;
9039
9040 GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
9041
9042 height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
9043 width = rect.right - rect.left;
9044
9045 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
9046 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
9047
9048 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */
9049
9050 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
9051 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
9052 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
9053
9054 if (columns != f->width
9055 || rows != f->height
9056 || width != f->output_data.w32->pixel_width
9057 || height != f->output_data.w32->pixel_height)
9058 {
9059 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0);
9060 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9061 cancel_mouse_face (f);
9062 f->output_data.w32->pixel_width = width;
9063 f->output_data.w32->pixel_height = height;
9064 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
9065 }
9066 }
9067
9068 check_visibility = 1;
9069 break;
9070
9071 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
9072 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9073 if (f)
9074 {
9075 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9076 {
9077 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9078 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9079 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9080 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9081 }
9082
9083 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9084 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9085 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9086 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9087 if (any_help_event_p)
9088 {
9089 Lisp_Object frame;
9090 int n;
9091
9092 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9093 help_echo = Qnil;
9094 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars,
9095 Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
9096 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
9097 }
9098 }
9099 break;
9100
9101 case WM_SETFOCUS:
9102 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9103
9104 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = f;
9105
9106 if (f)
9107 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
9108
9109
9110 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
9111 check_visibility = 1;
9112 break;
9113
9114 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
9115 /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */
9116 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9117
9118 if (f)
9119 {
9120 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
9121 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
9122
9123 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9124 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
9125
9126 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9127 {
9128 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9129 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9130 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9131 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9132 }
9133
9134 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9135 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9136 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9137 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9138 if (any_help_event_p)
9139 {
9140 Lisp_Object frame;
9141 int n;
9142
9143 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9144 help_echo = Qnil;
9145 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars,
9146 Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
9147 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -=n;
9148 }
9149 }
9150
9151 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
9152 check_visibility = 1;
9153 break;
9154
9155 case WM_CLOSE:
9156 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9157
9158 if (f)
9159 {
9160 if (numchars == 0)
9161 abort ();
9162
9163 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
9164 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9165 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9166 bufp++;
9167 count++;
9168 numchars--;
9169 }
9170 break;
9171
9172 case WM_INITMENU:
9173 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9174
9175 if (f)
9176 {
9177 if (numchars == 0)
9178 abort ();
9179
9180 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event;
9181 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9182 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9183 bufp++;
9184 count++;
9185 numchars--;
9186 }
9187 break;
9188
9189 case WM_COMMAND:
9190 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9191
9192 if (f)
9193 {
9194 extern void menubar_selection_callback
9195 (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data);
9196 menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam);
9197 }
9198
9199 check_visibility = 1;
9200 break;
9201
9202 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
9203 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9204
9205 if (f)
9206 {
9207 dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
9208 dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
9209 dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam;
9210 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width,
9211 dpyinfo->height));
9212 }
9213
9214 check_visibility = 1;
9215 break;
9216
9217 default:
9218 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
9219 if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel)
9220 {
9221 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
9222 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
9223 f = last_mouse_frame;
9224 else
9225 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9226
9227 if (f)
9228 {
9229 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
9230 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9231 && (numchars >= 1))
9232 {
9233 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
9234 bufp++;
9235 count++;
9236 numchars--;
9237 }
9238 }
9239 }
9240 break;
9241 }
9242 }
9243
9244 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
9245 raise it now. */
9246 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
9247 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
9248 {
9249 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
9250 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
9251 }
9252
9253 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user
9254 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We
9255 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct
9256 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has
9257 changed (at least, not in all cases). */
9258 if (count > 0 || check_visibility)
9259 {
9260 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
9261
9262 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
9263 {
9264 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame);
9265 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid the
9266 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
9267 if (EQ (frame, tip_frame))
9268 continue;
9269
9270 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not.
9271 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and
9272 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */
9273 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible)
9274 {
9275 RECT clipbox;
9276 HDC hdc;
9277
9278 enter_crit ();
9279 /* Query clipping rectangle for the entire window area
9280 (GetWindowDC), not just the client portion (GetDC).
9281 Otherwise, the scrollbars and menubar aren't counted as
9282 part of the visible area of the frame, and we may think
9283 the frame is obscured when really a scrollbar is still
9284 visible and gets WM_PAINT messages above. */
9285 hdc = GetWindowDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9286 GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox);
9287 ReleaseDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
9288 leave_crit ();
9289
9290 if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left
9291 || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top)
9292 {
9293 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as
9294 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so
9295 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay
9296 will skip it). */
9297 f->async_visible = 2;
9298
9299 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9300 {
9301 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) obscured\n", f,
9302 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
9303 }
9304 }
9305 else
9306 {
9307 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */
9308 f->async_visible = 1;
9309
9310 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9311 {
9312 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9313 DebPrint (("obscured frame %p (%s) found to be visible\n", f,
9314 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
9315
9316 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */
9317 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9318 }
9319 }
9320 }
9321 }
9322 }
9323
9324 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9325 return count;
9326 }
9327
9328
9329
9330 \f
9331 /***********************************************************************
9332 Text Cursor
9333 ***********************************************************************/
9334
9335 /* Notice if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
9336 drawing operation that outputs glyphs starting at START_X and
9337 ending at END_X in the line given by output_cursor.vpos.
9338 Coordinates are area-relative. END_X < 0 means all the rest
9339 of the line after START_X has been written. */
9340
9341 static void
9342 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1, y0, y1)
9343 struct window *w;
9344 enum glyph_row_area area;
9345 int x0, x1, y0, y1;
9346 {
9347 if (area == TEXT_AREA
9348 && w->phys_cursor_on_p
9349 && y0 <= w->phys_cursor.y
9350 && y1 >= w->phys_cursor.y + w->phys_cursor_height
9351 && x0 <= w->phys_cursor.x
9352 && (x1 < 0 || x1 > w->phys_cursor.x))
9353 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9354 }
9355
9356
9357 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
9358 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
9359 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
9360 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
9361
9362 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
9363 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
9364 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
9365
9366 static void
9367 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, whole_line_p)
9368 struct window *w;
9369 struct glyph_row *row;
9370 HDC hdc;
9371 int whole_line_p;
9372 {
9373 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9374 RECT clip_rect;
9375 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
9376
9377 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
9378
9379 clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
9380 clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
9381 clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y);
9382 clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width;
9383 clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height;
9384
9385 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
9386 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
9387 if (whole_line_p)
9388 {
9389 clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
9390 clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
9391 }
9392
9393 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect);
9394 }
9395
9396
9397 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
9398
9399 static void
9400 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
9401 struct window *w;
9402 struct glyph_row *row;
9403 {
9404 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9405 HDC hdc;
9406 RECT rect;
9407 int wd;
9408 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9409 HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
9410
9411 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
9412 coordinates. */
9413 rect.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9414 rect.top = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9415 + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9416 rect.bottom = rect.top + row->height;
9417
9418 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
9419 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
9420 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9421 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9422 return;
9423
9424 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
9425 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
9426 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
9427 width instead. */
9428 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
9429 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
9430 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
9431 wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
9432
9433 rect.right = rect.left + wd;
9434 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9435 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
9436 DeleteObject (hb);
9437
9438 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9439 }
9440
9441
9442 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
9443
9444 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
9445 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
9446 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
9447 --gerd. */
9448
9449 static void
9450 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width)
9451 struct window *w;
9452 struct glyph_row *row;
9453 int width;
9454 {
9455 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9456 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9457 int x;
9458 HDC hdc;
9459
9460 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
9461 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
9462 and mini-buffer. */
9463 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9464 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9465 return;
9466
9467 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
9468 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
9469 the bar might not be in the window. */
9470 if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
9471 {
9472 struct glyph_row *row;
9473 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos);
9474 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9475 }
9476 else
9477 {
9478 COLORREF cursor_color = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
9479 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id);
9480
9481 if (width < 0)
9482 width = f->output_data.w32->cursor_width;
9483
9484 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
9485 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
9486 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
9487 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
9488 that the glyph is legible. */
9489 if (face->background == cursor_color)
9490 cursor_color = face->foreground;
9491
9492 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9493 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9494 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 0);
9495 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x,
9496 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
9497 min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width),
9498 row->height);
9499 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9500 }
9501 }
9502
9503
9504 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
9505 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
9506 is is about to be rewritten. */
9507
9508 static void
9509 x_clear_cursor (w)
9510 struct window *w;
9511 {
9512 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9513 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
9514 }
9515
9516
9517 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
9518 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
9519
9520 static void
9521 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl)
9522 struct window *w;
9523 struct glyph_row *row;
9524 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9525 {
9526 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
9527 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
9528 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
9529 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9530 {
9531 int on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p;
9532 x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA,
9533 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1,
9534 hl, 0);
9535 w->phys_cursor_on_p = on_p;
9536
9537 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
9538 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
9539 are redrawn. */
9540 if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p)
9541 {
9542 if (row > w->current_matrix->rows
9543 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1))
9544 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA);
9545
9546 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w)
9547 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1))
9548 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA);
9549 }
9550 }
9551 }
9552
9553
9554 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
9555
9556 static void
9557 x_erase_phys_cursor (w)
9558 struct window *w;
9559 {
9560 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9561 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9562 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9563 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9564 int mouse_face_here_p = 0;
9565 struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9566 struct glyph_row *cursor_row;
9567 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9568 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9569
9570 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
9571 screen. */
9572 if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR)
9573 goto mark_cursor_off;
9574
9575 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
9576 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
9577 if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows)
9578 goto mark_cursor_off;
9579
9580 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
9581 can do. */
9582 cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos);
9583 if (!cursor_row->enabled_p)
9584 goto mark_cursor_off;
9585
9586 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
9587 isn't there. This may happen if cursor is at top of window, and
9588 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
9589 if (cursor_row->visible_height <= 0)
9590 goto mark_cursor_off;
9591
9592 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
9593 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
9594 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
9595 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
9596 cursor glyph at hand. */
9597 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9598 goto mark_cursor_off;
9599
9600 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
9601 we clear the cursor. */
9602 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9603 && w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9604 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9605 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9606 && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col))
9607 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9608 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9609 && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col))
9610 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
9611 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
9612 mouse highlighting does not. */
9613 && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos)
9614 mouse_face_here_p = 1;
9615
9616 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
9617 if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR)
9618 {
9619 int x;
9620 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9621 HDC hdc;
9622
9623 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9624 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9625 goto mark_cursor_off;
9626
9627 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9628
9629 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9630 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x,
9631 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
9632 cursor_row->y)),
9633 cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
9634 cursor_row->visible_height);
9635 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9636 }
9637
9638 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
9639 if (mouse_face_here_p)
9640 hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
9641 else
9642 hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
9643 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl);
9644
9645 mark_cursor_off:
9646 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9647 w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9648 }
9649
9650
9651 /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
9652
9653 static int
9654 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w)
9655 struct window *w;
9656 {
9657 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
9658 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
9659 int in_mouse_face = 0;
9660
9661 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9662 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) == w)
9663 {
9664 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9665 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9666
9667 if (vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9668 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9669 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9670 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
9671 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9672 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
9673 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
9674 in_mouse_face = 1;
9675 }
9676
9677 return in_mouse_face;
9678 }
9679
9680
9681 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
9682 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
9683 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
9684
9685 void
9686 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9687 struct window *w;
9688 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9689 {
9690 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9691 int new_cursor_type;
9692 int new_cursor_width;
9693 struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs;
9694 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
9695 struct glyph *glyph;
9696 int cursor_non_selected;
9697 int active_cursor = 1;
9698
9699 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
9700 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
9701 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
9702 window. */
9703 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
9704 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)
9705 || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows
9706 || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w)
9707 return;
9708
9709 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
9710 if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9711 return;
9712
9713 current_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9714 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos);
9715 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos;
9716
9717 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
9718 display the cursor. */
9719 if (!glyph_row->enabled_p)
9720 {
9721 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9722 return;
9723 }
9724
9725 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
9726
9727 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
9728 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
9729 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
9730 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
9731 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
9732 box cursor. */
9733 cursor_non_selected
9734 = !NILP (Fbuffer_local_value (Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows,
9735 w->buffer));
9736 new_cursor_width = -1;
9737 if (cursor_in_echo_area
9738 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
9739 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window))
9740 {
9741 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window))
9742 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9743 else
9744 {
9745 if (cursor_non_selected)
9746 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9747 else
9748 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9749 active_cursor = 0;
9750 }
9751 }
9752 else
9753 {
9754 if (f != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame
9755 || w != XWINDOW (f->selected_window))
9756 {
9757 active_cursor = 0;
9758
9759 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9760 || !cursor_non_selected
9761 || NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->cursor_type))
9762 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9763 else
9764 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9765 }
9766 else
9767 {
9768 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9769
9770 if (EQ (b->cursor_type, Qt))
9771 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9772 else
9773 new_cursor_type = x_specified_cursor_type (b->cursor_type,
9774 &new_cursor_width);
9775 if (w->cursor_off_p)
9776 {
9777 if (new_cursor_type == FILLED_BOX_CURSOR)
9778 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9779 else if (new_cursor_type == BAR_CURSOR && new_cursor_width > 1)
9780 new_cursor_width = 1;
9781 else
9782 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9783 }
9784 }
9785 }
9786
9787 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9788 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
9789 erase it. */
9790 if (w->phys_cursor_on_p
9791 && (!on
9792 || w->phys_cursor.x != x
9793 || w->phys_cursor.y != y
9794 || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type
9795 || (new_cursor_type == BAR_CURSOR
9796 && new_cursor_width != w->phys_cursor_width)))
9797 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9798
9799 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
9800 display it. */
9801 if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9802 {
9803 w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent;
9804 w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height;
9805
9806 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
9807 of them may need the information. */
9808 w->phys_cursor.x = x;
9809 w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y;
9810 w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos;
9811 w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos;
9812
9813 /* If the user wants to use the system caret, make sure our own
9814 cursor remains invisible. */
9815 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
9816 {
9817 if (w->phys_cursor_type != NO_CURSOR)
9818 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9819
9820 new_cursor_type = w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9821 w->phys_cursor_width = -1;
9822 }
9823 else
9824 {
9825 w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type;
9826 w->phys_cursor_width = new_cursor_width;
9827 }
9828
9829 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
9830
9831 /* If this is the active cursor, we need to track it with the
9832 system caret, so third party software like screen magnifiers
9833 and speech synthesizers can follow the cursor. */
9834 if (active_cursor)
9835 {
9836 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
9837
9838 w32_system_caret_x
9839 = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9840 w32_system_caret_y
9841 = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9842 + glyph_row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9843
9844 /* If the size of the active cursor changed, destroy the old
9845 system caret. */
9846 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
9847 && (w32_system_caret_height != w->phys_cursor_height))
9848 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET, 0, 0);
9849
9850 w32_system_caret_height = w->phys_cursor_height;
9851
9852 /* Move the system caret. */
9853 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET, 0, 0);
9854 }
9855
9856 switch (new_cursor_type)
9857 {
9858 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
9859 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
9860 break;
9861
9862 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
9863 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9864 break;
9865
9866 case BAR_CURSOR:
9867 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width);
9868 break;
9869
9870 case NO_CURSOR:
9871 break;
9872
9873 default:
9874 abort ();
9875 }
9876 }
9877 }
9878
9879
9880 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9881 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9882 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9883 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9884 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
9885
9886 void
9887 x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9888 struct window *w;
9889 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9890 {
9891 BLOCK_INPUT;
9892 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y);
9893 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9894 }
9895
9896
9897 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
9898 Don't change the cursor's position. */
9899
9900 void
9901 x_update_cursor (f, on_p)
9902 struct frame *f;
9903 int on_p;
9904 {
9905 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p);
9906 }
9907
9908
9909 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9910 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9911
9912 static void
9913 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p)
9914 struct window *w;
9915 int on_p;
9916 {
9917 while (w)
9918 {
9919 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9920 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p);
9921 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9922 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p);
9923 else
9924 x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p);
9925
9926 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
9927 }
9928 }
9929
9930
9931 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
9932 of ON. */
9933
9934 static void
9935 x_update_window_cursor (w, on)
9936 struct window *w;
9937 int on;
9938 {
9939 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
9940 of being deleted. */
9941 if (w->current_matrix)
9942 {
9943 BLOCK_INPUT;
9944 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos,
9945 w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x,
9946 w->phys_cursor.y);
9947 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9948 }
9949 }
9950
9951
9952
9953 \f
9954 /* Icons. */
9955
9956 int
9957 x_bitmap_icon (f, icon)
9958 struct frame *f;
9959 Lisp_Object icon;
9960 {
9961 HANDLE hicon;
9962
9963 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
9964 return 1;
9965
9966 if (NILP (icon))
9967 hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS);
9968 else if (STRINGP (icon))
9969 hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) XSTRING (icon)->data, IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0,
9970 LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE);
9971 else if (SYMBOLP (icon))
9972 {
9973 LPCTSTR name;
9974
9975 if (EQ (icon, intern ("application")))
9976 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION;
9977 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand")))
9978 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND;
9979 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question")))
9980 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION;
9981 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation")))
9982 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION;
9983 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk")))
9984 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK;
9985 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo")))
9986 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO;
9987 else
9988 return 1;
9989
9990 hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name);
9991 }
9992 else
9993 return 1;
9994
9995 if (hicon == NULL)
9996 return 1;
9997
9998 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG,
9999 (LPARAM) hicon);
10000
10001 return 0;
10002 }
10003
10004 \f
10005 /************************************************************************
10006 Handling X errors
10007 ************************************************************************/
10008
10009 /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here
10010 helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c.
10011
10012 x_error_catcher (display, error)
10013 x_catch_errors (dpy)
10014 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
10015 x_check_errors (dpy, format)
10016 x_had_errors_p (dpy)
10017 x_clear_errors (dpy)
10018 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
10019 x_trace_wire ()
10020 x_connection_signal (signalnum)
10021 x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
10022 x_error_quitter (display, error)
10023 x_error_handler (display, error)
10024 x_io_error_quitter (display)
10025
10026 */
10027
10028 \f
10029 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
10030
10031 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
10032 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
10033 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
10034 The return value shows which font we chose. */
10035
10036 Lisp_Object
10037 x_new_font (f, fontname)
10038 struct frame *f;
10039 register char *fontname;
10040 {
10041 struct font_info *fontp
10042 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1);
10043
10044 if (!fontp)
10045 return Qnil;
10046
10047 FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
10048 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
10049 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
10050
10051 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
10052 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
10053 {
10054 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
10055 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
10056 }
10057 else
10058 {
10059 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
10060 f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
10061 }
10062
10063 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
10064 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
10065 {
10066 frame_update_line_height (f);
10067 if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f)
10068 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
10069 }
10070 else
10071 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
10072 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
10073 f->output_data.w32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
10074
10075 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
10076 }
10077 \f
10078 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
10079 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
10080 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
10081 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
10082
10083 Lisp_Object
10084 x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
10085 struct frame *f;
10086 char *fontsetname;
10087 {
10088 int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0);
10089 Lisp_Object result;
10090
10091 if (fontset < 0)
10092 return Qnil;
10093
10094 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset)
10095 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
10096 to do. */
10097 return fontset_name (fontset);
10098
10099 result = x_new_font (f, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data));
10100
10101 if (!STRINGP (result))
10102 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
10103 return Qnil;
10104
10105 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
10106 FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset;
10107
10108 return build_string (fontsetname);
10109 }
10110
10111 /* Compute actual fringe widths */
10112
10113 void
10114 x_compute_fringe_widths (f, redraw)
10115 struct frame *f;
10116 int redraw;
10117 {
10118 int o_left = f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width;
10119 int o_right = f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width;
10120 int o_cols = f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols;
10121
10122 Lisp_Object left_fringe = Fassq (Qleft_fringe, f->param_alist);
10123 Lisp_Object right_fringe = Fassq (Qright_fringe, f->param_alist);
10124 int left_fringe_width, right_fringe_width;
10125
10126 if (!NILP (left_fringe))
10127 left_fringe = Fcdr (left_fringe);
10128 if (!NILP (right_fringe))
10129 right_fringe = Fcdr (right_fringe);
10130
10131 left_fringe_width = ((NILP (left_fringe) || !INTEGERP (left_fringe)) ? 8 :
10132 XINT (left_fringe));
10133 right_fringe_width = ((NILP (right_fringe) || !INTEGERP (right_fringe)) ? 8 :
10134 XINT (right_fringe));
10135
10136 if (left_fringe_width || right_fringe_width)
10137 {
10138 int left_wid = left_fringe_width >= 0 ? left_fringe_width : -left_fringe_width;
10139 int right_wid = right_fringe_width >= 0 ? right_fringe_width : -right_fringe_width;
10140 int conf_wid = left_wid + right_wid;
10141 int font_wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font);
10142 int cols = (left_wid + right_wid + font_wid-1) / font_wid;
10143 int real_wid = cols * font_wid;
10144 if (left_wid && right_wid)
10145 {
10146 if (left_fringe_width < 0)
10147 {
10148 /* Left fringe width is fixed, adjust right fringe if necessary */
10149 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = left_wid;
10150 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = real_wid - left_wid;
10151 }
10152 else if (right_fringe_width < 0)
10153 {
10154 /* Right fringe width is fixed, adjust left fringe if necessary */
10155 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = real_wid - right_wid;
10156 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = right_wid;
10157 }
10158 else
10159 {
10160 /* Adjust both fringes with an equal amount.
10161 Note that we are doing integer arithmetic here, so don't
10162 lose a pixel if the total width is an odd number. */
10163 int fill = real_wid - conf_wid;
10164 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = left_wid + fill/2;
10165 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = right_wid + fill - fill/2;
10166 }
10167 }
10168 else if (left_fringe_width)
10169 {
10170 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = real_wid;
10171 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = 0;
10172 }
10173 else
10174 {
10175 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = 0;
10176 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = real_wid;
10177 }
10178 f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols = cols;
10179 f->output_data.w32->fringes_extra = real_wid;
10180 }
10181 else
10182 {
10183 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = 0;
10184 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = 0;
10185 f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols = 0;
10186 f->output_data.w32->fringes_extra = 0;
10187 }
10188
10189 if (redraw && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
10190 if (o_left != f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width ||
10191 o_right != f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width ||
10192 o_cols != f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols)
10193 redraw_frame (f);
10194 }
10195 \f
10196 /***********************************************************************
10197 TODO: W32 Input Methods
10198 ***********************************************************************/
10199 /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step.
10200
10201 xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
10202 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10203 struct xim_inst_t
10204 xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
10205 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10206 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)
10207
10208 */
10209
10210 \f
10211 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
10212 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
10213
10214 void
10215 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
10216 struct frame *f;
10217 {
10218 POINT pt;
10219 int flags = f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags;
10220
10221 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
10222
10223 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
10224 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
10225 But do this only if we will need the results. */
10226 if (f->output_data.w32->parent_desc != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
10227 {
10228 BLOCK_INPUT;
10229 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10230 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc,
10231 &pt, 1);
10232 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10233 }
10234
10235 {
10236 RECT rt;
10237 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
10238
10239 BLOCK_INPUT;
10240 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
10241 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
10242 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10243
10244 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
10245 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
10246 }
10247
10248 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
10249 position that fits on the screen. */
10250 if (flags & XNegative)
10251 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
10252 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.x
10253 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
10254 + f->output_data.w32->left_pos);
10255
10256 if (flags & YNegative)
10257 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
10258 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.y
10259 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
10260 + f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
10261 /* The left_pos and top_pos
10262 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
10263 so the flags should correspond. */
10264 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
10265 }
10266
10267 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
10268 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
10269 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
10270 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
10271 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
10272
10273 void
10274 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
10275 struct frame *f;
10276 register int xoff, yoff;
10277 int change_gravity;
10278 {
10279 int modified_top, modified_left;
10280
10281 if (change_gravity > 0)
10282 {
10283 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = yoff;
10284 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = xoff;
10285 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
10286 if (xoff < 0)
10287 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
10288 if (yoff < 0)
10289 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
10290 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
10291 }
10292 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
10293
10294 BLOCK_INPUT;
10295 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
10296
10297 modified_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10298 modified_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10299
10300 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10301 NULL,
10302 modified_left, modified_top,
10303 0, 0,
10304 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10305 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10306 }
10307
10308
10309 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10310 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10311 static void
10312 x_check_fullscreen (f)
10313 struct frame *f;
10314 {
10315 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_BOTH)
10316 {
10317 int width, height, ign;
10318
10319 x_real_positions (f, &f->output_data.w32->left_pos,
10320 &f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
10321
10322 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, &width, &height, &ign, &ign);
10323
10324 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
10325 when setting WM manager hints.
10326 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
10327 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
10328 if (f->width != width || f->height != height)
10329 {
10330 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 1, 0);
10331 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
10332 cancel_mouse_face (f);
10333
10334 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
10335 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen |= FULLSCREEN_WAIT;
10336 }
10337 }
10338 }
10339
10340 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
10341 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
10342 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
10343 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
10344 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
10345 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
10346 static void
10347 x_check_fullscreen_move (f)
10348 struct frame *f;
10349 {
10350 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT)
10351 {
10352 int expect_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10353 int expect_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10354
10355 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT)
10356 expect_top = 0;
10357 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH)
10358 expect_left = 0;
10359
10360 if (expect_top != f->output_data.w32->top_pos
10361 || expect_left != f->output_data.w32->left_pos)
10362 x_set_offset (f, expect_left, expect_top, 1);
10363
10364 /* Just do this once */
10365 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen &= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT;
10366 }
10367 }
10368
10369
10370 /* Calculate fullscreen size. Return in *TOP_POS and *LEFT_POS the
10371 wanted positions of the WM window (not emacs window).
10372 Return in *WIDTH and *HEIGHT the wanted width and height of Emacs
10373 window (FRAME_X_WINDOW).
10374 */
10375 void
10376 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, width, height, top_pos, left_pos)
10377 struct frame *f;
10378 int *width;
10379 int *height;
10380 int *top_pos;
10381 int *left_pos;
10382 {
10383 int newwidth = f->width, newheight = f->height;
10384
10385 *top_pos = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10386 *left_pos = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10387
10388 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT)
10389 {
10390 int ph;
10391
10392 ph = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height;
10393 newheight = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, ph);
10394 ph = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, newheight)
10395 - f->output_data.w32->y_pixels_diff;
10396 newheight = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, ph);
10397 *top_pos = 0;
10398 }
10399
10400 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH)
10401 {
10402 int pw;
10403
10404 pw = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width;
10405 newwidth = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, pw);
10406 pw = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, newwidth)
10407 - f->output_data.w32->x_pixels_diff;
10408 newwidth = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, pw);
10409 *left_pos = 0;
10410 }
10411
10412 *width = newwidth;
10413 *height = newheight;
10414 }
10415
10416
10417 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10418 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
10419 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10420 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10421
10422 void
10423 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
10424 struct frame *f;
10425 int change_gravity;
10426 int cols, rows;
10427 {
10428 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
10429
10430 BLOCK_INPUT;
10431
10432 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
10433 f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
10434 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
10435 ? 0
10436 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font)));
10437
10438 x_compute_fringe_widths (f, 0);
10439
10440 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
10441 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
10442
10443 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
10444 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
10445
10446 {
10447 RECT rect;
10448
10449 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
10450 rect.right = pixelwidth;
10451 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
10452
10453 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
10454 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
10455
10456 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10457 NULL,
10458 0, 0,
10459 rect.right - rect.left,
10460 rect.bottom - rect.top,
10461 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10462 }
10463
10464 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10465 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10466 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10467 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10468
10469 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10470 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10471 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10472 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10473 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10474
10475 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10476 a BLOCK_INPUT. */
10477 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
10478 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
10479 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
10480
10481 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10482 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10483 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10484 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10485 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
10486
10487 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10488 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
10489
10490 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10491 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10492 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10493 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10494 cancel_mouse_face (f);
10495
10496 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10497 }
10498 \f
10499 /* Mouse warping. */
10500
10501 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y);
10502
10503 void
10504 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
10505 struct frame *f;
10506 int x, y;
10507 {
10508 int pix_x, pix_y;
10509
10510 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) / 2;
10511 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.w32->line_height / 2;
10512
10513 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
10514 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
10515
10516 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
10517 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
10518
10519 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
10520 }
10521
10522 void
10523 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
10524 struct frame *f;
10525 int pix_x, pix_y;
10526 {
10527 RECT rect;
10528 POINT pt;
10529
10530 BLOCK_INPUT;
10531
10532 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
10533 pt.x = rect.left + pix_x;
10534 pt.y = rect.top + pix_y;
10535 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
10536
10537 SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y);
10538
10539 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10540 }
10541
10542 \f
10543 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
10544
10545 void
10546 x_focus_on_frame (f)
10547 struct frame *f;
10548 {
10549 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
10550
10551 /* Give input focus to frame. */
10552 BLOCK_INPUT;
10553 #if 0
10554 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */
10555 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ()))
10556 my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10557 else
10558 #endif
10559 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10560 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10561 }
10562
10563 void
10564 x_unfocus_frame (f)
10565 struct frame *f;
10566 {
10567 }
10568
10569 /* Raise frame F. */
10570 void
10571 x_raise_frame (f)
10572 struct frame *f;
10573 {
10574 BLOCK_INPUT;
10575
10576 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z
10577 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour
10578 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this
10579 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is
10580 click-to-focus.
10581
10582 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets
10583 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be
10584 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it
10585 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually
10586 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move
10587 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program
10588 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now
10589 completely obscured) with input focus.
10590
10591 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user
10592 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics
10593 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */
10594
10595 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise))
10596 {
10597 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is
10598 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised
10599 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the
10600 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this
10601 more cumbersome method. */
10602
10603 HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2);
10604 if (handle)
10605 {
10606 DeferWindowPos (handle,
10607 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10608 HWND_TOP,
10609 0, 0, 0, 0,
10610 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10611
10612 DeferWindowPos (handle,
10613 GetForegroundWindow (),
10614 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10615 0, 0, 0, 0,
10616 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10617
10618 EndDeferWindowPos (handle);
10619 }
10620 }
10621 else
10622 {
10623 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10624 }
10625
10626 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10627 }
10628
10629 /* Lower frame F. */
10630 void
10631 x_lower_frame (f)
10632 struct frame *f;
10633 {
10634 BLOCK_INPUT;
10635 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10636 HWND_BOTTOM,
10637 0, 0, 0, 0,
10638 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10639 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10640 }
10641
10642 static void
10643 w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
10644 FRAME_PTR f;
10645 int raise_flag;
10646 {
10647 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
10648 return;
10649
10650 if (raise_flag)
10651 x_raise_frame (f);
10652 else
10653 x_lower_frame (f);
10654 }
10655 \f
10656 /* Change of visibility. */
10657
10658 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10659 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10660 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10661 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10662 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10663 finishes with it. */
10664
10665 void
10666 x_make_frame_visible (f)
10667 struct frame *f;
10668 {
10669 Lisp_Object type;
10670
10671 BLOCK_INPUT;
10672
10673 type = x_icon_type (f);
10674 if (!NILP (type))
10675 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
10676
10677 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
10678 {
10679 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10680 call x_set_offset a second time
10681 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10682 before the window gets really visible. */
10683 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
10684 && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible)
10685 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.w32->left_pos, f->output_data.w32->top_pos, 0);
10686
10687 f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1;
10688
10689 /* my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); */
10690 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
10691 }
10692
10693 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10694 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10695 so that incoming events are handled. */
10696 {
10697 Lisp_Object frame;
10698 int count;
10699
10700 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10701 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10702
10703 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
10704
10705 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
10706 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
10707 MapNotify at all.. */
10708 for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
10709 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
10710 {
10711 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10712 /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */
10713
10714 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
10715 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
10716 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
10717 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
10718 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
10719 if (input_polling_used ())
10720 {
10721 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
10722 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
10723 int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
10724 poll_suppress_count = 1;
10725 poll_for_input_1 ();
10726 poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
10727 }
10728 }
10729 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
10730 }
10731 }
10732
10733 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10734
10735 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10736
10737 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
10738 struct frame *f;
10739 {
10740 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10741 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f)
10742 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
10743
10744 BLOCK_INPUT;
10745
10746 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
10747
10748 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10749 just by the event that we get from the server.
10750 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10751 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10752 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10753 f->visible = 0;
10754 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
10755 f->async_visible = 0;
10756 f->async_iconified = 0;
10757
10758 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10759 }
10760
10761 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10762
10763 void
10764 x_iconify_frame (f)
10765 struct frame *f;
10766 {
10767 Lisp_Object type;
10768
10769 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10770 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f)
10771 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
10772
10773 if (f->async_iconified)
10774 return;
10775
10776 BLOCK_INPUT;
10777
10778 type = x_icon_type (f);
10779 if (!NILP (type))
10780 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
10781
10782 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */
10783 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0);
10784
10785 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10786 }
10787
10788 \f
10789 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10790
10791 void
10792 x_free_frame_resources (f)
10793 struct frame *f;
10794 {
10795 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10796
10797 BLOCK_INPUT;
10798
10799 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
10800 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10801
10802 free_frame_menubar (f);
10803
10804 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);
10805 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel);
10806 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
10807 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel);
10808 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->border_pixel);
10809 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel);
10810 if (f->output_data.w32->white_relief.allocated_p)
10811 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->white_relief.pixel);
10812 if (f->output_data.w32->black_relief.allocated_p)
10813 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->black_relief.pixel);
10814
10815 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
10816 free_frame_faces (f);
10817
10818 xfree (f->output_data.w32);
10819 f->output_data.w32 = NULL;
10820
10821 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
10822 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0;
10823 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
10824 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
10825 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)
10826 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
10827
10828 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
10829 {
10830 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
10831 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
10832 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
10833 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
10834 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
10835 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
10836 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
10837 }
10838
10839 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10840 }
10841
10842
10843 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
10844
10845 x_destroy_window (f)
10846 struct frame *f;
10847 {
10848 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10849
10850 x_free_frame_resources (f);
10851
10852 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
10853 }
10854
10855 \f
10856 /* Setting window manager hints. */
10857
10858 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
10859 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
10860 that the window now has.
10861 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
10862 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
10863 void
10864 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
10865 struct frame *f;
10866 long flags;
10867 int user_position;
10868 {
10869 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
10870
10871 enter_crit ();
10872
10873 SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font));
10874 SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->line_height);
10875 SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width);
10876 SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra);
10877
10878 leave_crit ();
10879 }
10880
10881 /* Window manager things */
10882 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
10883 struct frame *f;
10884 int icon_x, icon_y;
10885 {
10886 #if 0
10887 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
10888
10889 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
10890 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
10891 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
10892
10893 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
10894 #endif
10895 }
10896
10897 \f
10898 /***********************************************************************
10899 Fonts
10900 ***********************************************************************/
10901
10902 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
10903 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
10904
10905 x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
10906 x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
10907
10908 */
10909
10910 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10911
10912 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10913 font table. */
10914
10915 static void
10916 x_check_font (f, font)
10917 struct frame *f;
10918 XFontStruct *font;
10919 {
10920 int i;
10921 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10922
10923 xassert (font != NULL);
10924
10925 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
10926 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
10927 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
10928 break;
10929
10930 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
10931 }
10932
10933 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10934
10935 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
10936 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
10937 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
10938 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
10939 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10940
10941 static INLINE void
10942 x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
10943 XFontStruct *font;
10944 int *w, *h;
10945 {
10946 /*
10947 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
10948 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
10949 */
10950 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
10951 *w = FONT_WIDTH (font);
10952 }
10953
10954
10955 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10956 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10957 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10958 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10959 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10960
10961 int
10962 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
10963 struct frame *f;
10964 {
10965 int i;
10966 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10967 XFontStruct *font;
10968 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
10969 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
10970
10971 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
10972 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
10973
10974 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
10975 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
10976 {
10977 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
10978 int w, h;
10979
10980 font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
10981 xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
10982 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
10983
10984 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
10985 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
10986 }
10987
10988 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
10989 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
10990
10991 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
10992 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
10993 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
10994 }
10995
10996 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
10997 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
10998
10999 x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
11000 x_query_font (f, fontname)
11001 x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
11002
11003 */
11004 \f
11005 /***********************************************************************
11006 Initialization
11007 ***********************************************************************/
11008
11009 static int w32_initialized = 0;
11010
11011 void
11012 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name)
11013 Lisp_Object display_name;
11014 {
11015 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
11016
11017 bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));
11018
11019 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */
11020 w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
11021 w32_display_name_list);
11022 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list);
11023
11024 dpyinfo->w32_id_name
11025 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
11026 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
11027 + 2);
11028 sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s",
11029 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
11030
11031 /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode
11032 with values obtained from system metrics. */
11033 dpyinfo->resx = 1;
11034 dpyinfo->resy = 1;
11035 dpyinfo->height_in = 1;
11036 dpyinfo->width_in = 1;
11037 dpyinfo->n_planes = 1;
11038 dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4;
11039 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
11040 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1;
11041 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1;
11042
11043 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
11044 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
11045 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11046 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
11047 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
11048 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
11049 /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */
11050
11051 }
11052
11053 struct w32_display_info *
11054 w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
11055 Lisp_Object display_name;
11056 char *xrm_option;
11057 char *resource_name;
11058 {
11059 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
11060 HDC hdc;
11061
11062 BLOCK_INPUT;
11063
11064 if (!w32_initialized)
11065 {
11066 w32_initialize ();
11067 w32_initialized = 1;
11068 }
11069
11070 {
11071 int argc = 0;
11072 char *argv[3];
11073
11074 argv[0] = "";
11075 argc = 1;
11076 if (xrm_option)
11077 {
11078 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
11079 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
11080 }
11081 }
11082
11083 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name);
11084
11085 dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
11086
11087 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11088 dpyinfo->next = x_display_list;
11089 x_display_list = dpyinfo;
11090
11091 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
11092
11093 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
11094 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
11095 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
11096 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
11097 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
11098 dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
11099 dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
11100 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
11101 dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();
11102 dpyinfo->height_in = dpyinfo->height / dpyinfo->resx;
11103 dpyinfo->width_in = dpyinfo->width / dpyinfo->resy;
11104 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
11105
11106 /* initialise palette with white and black */
11107 {
11108 COLORREF color;
11109 w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
11110 w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
11111 }
11112
11113 /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */
11114 left_bmp = CreateBitmap (left_width, left_height, 1, 1, left_bits);
11115 ov_bmp = CreateBitmap (ov_width, ov_height, 1, 1, ov_bits);
11116 right_bmp = CreateBitmap (right_width, right_height, 1, 1, right_bits);
11117 continued_bmp = CreateBitmap (continued_width, continued_height, 1,
11118 1, continued_bits);
11119 continuation_bmp = CreateBitmap (continuation_width, continuation_height,
11120 1, 1, continuation_bits);
11121 zv_bmp = CreateBitmap (zv_width, zv_height, 1, 1, zv_bits);
11122
11123 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
11124 #ifdef F_SETOWN
11125 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
11126 /* stdin is a socket here */
11127 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
11128 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11129 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
11130 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11131 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11132 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
11133
11134 #ifdef SIGIO
11135 if (interrupt_input)
11136 init_sigio (connection);
11137 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
11138
11139 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
11140
11141 return dpyinfo;
11142 }
11143 \f
11144 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
11145
11146 void
11147 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
11148 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
11149 {
11150 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list.
11151 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
11152 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list)
11153 && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
11154 w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list);
11155 else
11156 {
11157 Lisp_Object tail;
11158
11159 tail = w32_display_name_list;
11160 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)))
11161 {
11162 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
11163 {
11164 XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail)));
11165 break;
11166 }
11167 tail = XCDR (tail);
11168 }
11169 }
11170
11171 /* free palette table */
11172 {
11173 struct w32_palette_entry * plist;
11174
11175 plist = dpyinfo->color_list;
11176 while (plist)
11177 {
11178 struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
11179 plist = plist->next;
11180 xfree (pentry);
11181 }
11182 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL;
11183 if (dpyinfo->palette)
11184 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette);
11185 }
11186 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
11187 xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name);
11188
11189 /* Destroy row bitmaps. */
11190 DeleteObject (left_bmp);
11191 DeleteObject (ov_bmp);
11192 DeleteObject (right_bmp);
11193 DeleteObject (continued_bmp);
11194 DeleteObject (continuation_bmp);
11195 DeleteObject (zv_bmp);
11196 }
11197 \f
11198 /* Set up use of W32. */
11199
11200 DWORD w32_msg_worker ();
11201
11202 void
11203 x_flush (struct frame * f)
11204 { /* Nothing to do */ }
11205
11206 static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface =
11207 {
11208 x_produce_glyphs,
11209 x_write_glyphs,
11210 x_insert_glyphs,
11211 x_clear_end_of_line,
11212 x_scroll_run,
11213 x_after_update_window_line,
11214 x_update_window_begin,
11215 x_update_window_end,
11216 w32_cursor_to,
11217 x_flush,
11218 x_clear_mouse_face,
11219 x_get_glyph_overhangs,
11220 x_fix_overlapping_area
11221 };
11222
11223 void
11224 w32_initialize ()
11225 {
11226 rif = &w32_redisplay_interface;
11227
11228 /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and
11229 so we must explicitly cast them. */
11230 clear_frame_hook = (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame;
11231 ring_bell_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell;
11232 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
11233 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
11234
11235 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
11236
11237 frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date;
11238
11239 mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position;
11240 frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight;
11241 frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower;
11242 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
11243 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars;
11244 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar;
11245 judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars;
11246 estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height;
11247
11248 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
11249 char_ins_del_ok = 1;
11250 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
11251 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
11252 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
11253 off the bottom */
11254 baud_rate = 19200;
11255
11256 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
11257 w32_system_caret_height = 0;
11258 w32_system_caret_x = 0;
11259 w32_system_caret_y = 0;
11260
11261 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
11262 any_help_event_p = 0;
11263
11264 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow
11265 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */
11266 Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil);
11267
11268 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
11269
11270 init_crit ();
11271
11272 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
11273 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
11274 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
11275
11276 /* Wait for thread to start */
11277
11278 {
11279 MSG msg;
11280
11281 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
11282
11283 hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
11284 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker,
11285 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId);
11286
11287 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
11288 }
11289
11290 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
11291 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the
11292 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
11293 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
11294 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
11295 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API
11296 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
11297 window state. */
11298 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
11299 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE);
11300 #endif
11301
11302 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */
11303 {
11304 HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll");
11305
11306 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn)
11307
11308 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */
11309 LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo);
11310 LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo);
11311
11312 #undef LOAD_PROC
11313
11314 FreeLibrary (user_lib);
11315
11316 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels;
11317 otherwise use the fixed height. */
11318 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 :
11319 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB);
11320
11321 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these
11322 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */
11323 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
11324 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL);
11325 }
11326 }
11327
11328 void
11329 syms_of_w32term ()
11330 {
11331 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list);
11332 w32_display_name_list = Qnil;
11333
11334 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
11335 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
11336
11337 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
11338 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11339
11340 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons",
11341 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons,
11342 doc: /* Number of physical mouse buttons. */);
11343 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
11344
11345 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons",
11346 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons,
11347 doc: /* Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.
11348 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3. */);
11349 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
11350
11351 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise",
11352 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise,
11353 doc: /* Raised frame grabs input focus.
11354 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well
11355 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be
11356 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy. */);
11357 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt;
11358
11359 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock",
11360 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock,
11361 doc: /* Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.
11362 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys. */);
11363 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil;
11364
11365 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr",
11366 &Vw32_recognize_altgr,
11367 doc: /* Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.
11368 When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is
11369 interpreted normally. */);
11370 Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt;
11371
11372 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output",
11373 &w32_enable_unicode_output,
11374 doc: /* Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.
11375 Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying
11376 Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.
11377 NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no
11378 affect on NT machines. */);
11379 w32_enable_unicode_output = 1;
11380
11381 help_echo = Qnil;
11382 staticpro (&help_echo);
11383 help_echo_object = Qnil;
11384 staticpro (&help_echo_object);
11385 help_echo_window = Qnil;
11386 staticpro (&help_echo_window);
11387 previous_help_echo = Qnil;
11388 staticpro (&previous_help_echo);
11389 help_echo_pos = -1;
11390
11391 DEFVAR_BOOL ("autoselect-window", &autoselect_window_p,
11392 doc: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
11393 autoselect_window_p = 0;
11394
11395 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-use-visible-system-caret",
11396 &w32_use_visible_system_caret,
11397 doc: /* Flag to make the system caret visible.
11398 When this is non-nil, Emacs will indicate the position of point by
11399 using the system caret instead of drawing its own cursor. Some screen
11400 reader software does not track the system cursor properly when it is
11401 invisible, and gets confused by Emacs drawing its own cursor, so this
11402 variable is initialized to t when Emacs detects that screen reader
11403 software is running as it starts up.
11404
11405 When this variable is set, other variables affecting the appearance of
11406 the cursor have no effect. */);
11407
11408 /* Initialize w32_use_visible_system_caret based on whether a screen
11409 reader is in use. */
11410 if (!SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETSCREENREADER, 0,
11411 &w32_use_visible_system_caret, 0))
11412 w32_use_visible_system_caret = 0;
11413
11414 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p,
11415 doc: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
11416 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
11417 wide as that tab on the display. */);
11418 x_stretch_cursor_p = 0;
11419
11420 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11421 &x_use_underline_position_properties,
11422 doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11423 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11424 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11425 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11426 x_use_underline_position_properties = 1;
11427
11428 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars,
11429 doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */);
11430 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt;
11431
11432 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
11433 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;
11434 }